Your are not able to enroll in this course. The course is not registered. Please contact support.

Ontario Literacy Course

Ontario Literacy Course
Price : 850CAD
  • Student : 7 People
  • Duration: 110 hour(s)
  • Length: 5 Section
  • Capacity : People
  • Course Start date : 2022/12/05
  • Course End date : 2023/06/30
  • Code : CCG12OLC4Op-142
  • Certificate : Included
Joe Santalucia
Joe Santalucia

توضیحات و سرفصل دوره

Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course, Grade 12 (OLC4O) This course is designed to help students acquire and demonstrate the cross-curricular literacy skills that are evaluated by the Ontario Secondary School Literacy Test (OSSLT). Students who complete the course successfully will meet the provincial literacy requirement for graduation. Students will read a variety of informational, narrative, and graphic texts and will produce a variety of forms of writing, including summaries, information paragraphs, opinion pieces, and news reports. Students will also maintain and manage a portfolio containing a record of their reading experiences and samples of their writing.

 

Eligibility requirement: Students who have been eligible to write the OSSLT at least twice and who have been unsuccessful at least once are eligible to take the course. (Students who have already met the literacy requirement for graduation may be eligible to take the course under special circumstances, at the discretion of the principal.)

1.0 Credit

110 Hours

سرفصل دوره

Unit 1 2022/12/05

 

Course is provided through open source at the following link:

Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

Unit 1: 

5 Lessons

Indicate Topic Title / brief Description

Approximate Time

Spec. Expec. optional)

TOPIC:  1.1   When and how do we read?

5

TOPIC:  1.2   What are reading comprehension strategies?

5

TOPIC:  1.3   The Main Idea

4

TOPIC:  1.4   Writing the first draft

4

TOPIC:  1.5   Editing and revising the final draft

5

TOPIC: Unit Summative (Test or TASK) 

3

 

26 hours

Lesson 1.1

Lesson 1 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

1.1   When and how do we read?

Learning goals

We are learning to:

  • make a list of what you read and how often
  • compare reading texts with reading images
  • look for the form and main idea of a text
  • set your S.M.A.R.T. reading goal
  • create your Logbook and write the first entry

1.1: When and how do we read?

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

Welcome to the Ontario Literacy Course.

Over the next 20 lesson we will be exploring how to improve reading and writing skills. You will be reading a variety of materials and practising the use of reading strategies. You will be also learning to brainstorm ideas, create rough drafts, and write good copies of articles, information paragraphs, and summaries.

Don’t worry, though! This isn’t going to happen at once. Each learning activity is designed to help you build on your skills at a pace you can follow so that you can successfully complete the literacy expectations for this course and graduation.

With some effort and a little patience, I’m confident that you will successfully complete this course.

Group of students smiling

Remembering reading

Reading takes place all the time. Often, we don’t even realize we’re doing it.

Maybe you don’t think of yourself as a reader because you don’t read novels. Many people who don’t read novels will claim that they are not readers; however, reading takes place in a variety of ways

Let’s see what types of items you read and how often you do so. Take a few minutes to complete this "Personal reading inventory"(Opens in new window) Once you’ve completed the survey, save it to your computer, as you will be looking at it again, later on.

Mother and child readingYoung man reading a textbookGirl reading a bus sign

Young man reading his smart phone

Were you surprised at how often you did read? Most people read a fair bit, but not everyone reads the same type of reading materials. Which types of materials do you read most often? It makes sense that these will be the reading forms you are most familiar with. When you are familiar with the form of the item that you are reading, you have more strategies to help you interpret the information

 

Visual clues can help us to “read” what people are feeling. Use your strategies to read these images.

Slide 1: How is he feeling? 

Slide 2: And him? 

Slide 3: And what about her?

 

Sometimes, the little clues are visual. Using all the visual clues that you are given, decide what these people do for a living.

 

Photo 1

We would guess that this young woman doesn't work in an office most of the day because of her hard hat and vest.

Young woman wearing a safety vest and hard hat on a construction site

 

Photo 2

Smiling man in a dress shirt and tie

However, we might think that this man does work in an office because he is wearing a shirt and tie.

 

Sometimes the clues come from the context or situation.

 

Slide 1: 

Happy people throwing money in the air

Money is falling and people are happy, so we might predict that they have won a lottery or contest. Sometimes, we don't know the entire story but we can make connections to our knowledge and experiences.

Slide 2: What do you think is happening here?

Young man helping a girl who has fallen off her bike

What What do you think is happening here? here?

 

Slide 3: And here?

Sometimes the clues come from the context or situation.

 

Slide 1: Money is falling and people are happy, so we might predict that they have won a lottery or contest. Sometimes, we don't know the entire story but we can make connections to our knowledge and experiences.

Slide 2: What do you think is happening here? 

 

Slide 3: And here?

Elderly man down on one knee with a jeweler’s box open facing a surprised elderly woman

And here?

Sometimes we don’t know what will happen next. So, we make a prediction or a best guess by reading the information that is available

needs alt text

 

Based on all the clues that you are given in the photo, what do you think will happen next?

Student Answer

 

So, what does all this have to do with regular reading? Pretty much everything. In order to read, you look for all these things.

Let’s go over this again

You look for:

  • the form of the text that you are reading
  • the overall idea of what you are reading

Then you look for the smaller details. And you make predictions. You make connections.

You ask yourself questions about what you are seeing and you sum things up.

For example, when you look at a text you might ask, “Is this a novel or a textbook?”

That’s the form.

When you examine features a little more closely, you ask more specific questions, like “What is this about?”

That’s the overall idea.

Then you look for smaller clues.

Those are the details.

Then you ask yourself, “What’s going to happen next?”

That’s the prediction.

Then you think about how this relates to you.

That’s the connection

While we read, we respond to the parts that we do know and we ask questions about the parts that we don’t know.

 

 

Action

Form

Consider form. 

Even if you’ve only ever looked at a magazine when you visited the doctor or dentist, you know that the form of a magazine includes pictures, articles, and lots of advertising.

So, what about textbooks? What is their form?

Textbooks have:

  • A title
  • Chapters
  • Subtitles
  • A table of contents
  • An index
  • Images
  • Questions

These are the characteristics of the form of a textbook.

By expecting to see a textbook organized that way, you will be ready to read it more successfully.

If you were looking at a movie poster, what would you expect to see in that form? Click on each of the links to see the different components of the poster form.

The point is that you use the bigger pieces – like form – that you know and understand, to make assumptions, predictions, and connections with the smaller parts you are trying to interpret.

Quite simply, paying attention to the form will help you read more successfully.

Movie Poster for Plan 9 from Outer Space

 

The title “Plan 9 from outer space” appears in the middle of the poster in very large font.

A short information about the movie appears at the top part of the poster (above the Title). The text in this section is: Unspeakable horrors from outer space paralyze the living and resurrect the dead!

The name of the stars appear on separate lines, in the right bottom corner of the poster, following the word “with”. Here is the text:

with
Bela Lugosi
Vampira
Lyle Talbot

The name of the producer appears underneath the stars names: A J. Edward Reynolds Production

 

The name of the director appears underneath the producer’s name:

Produced and Directed by Edward D. Wood, Jr.

 

 

Occupations that read

Often, people’s occupations require them to read certain types of things. In other words, the form is determined by the purpose.

Listen to these people talking about their occupations and the kinds of things they have to read. Think about the purpose of their reading. While you listen, record the form and purpose of reading for each person. There may be more than one form and purpose for each person.

Meet Dave. Listen to how he uses reading.

Man and woman reading magazines in a waiting room

Transcript(Opens in new window)

 

[Dave] I thought I would do the same job my dad did and I came to work at GM. I work on the line with a bunch of other guys and we have to keep up our numbers and inventory each day.

The big board up there shows us how many parts we need to make and how we are doing with our quota. We have to read manuals on the equipment and fill in reports at the end of each shift. We also have to go for training about workplace safety and new equipment-handling guidelines a couple of times a year.

Around the house I just like to read the sport pages really. Sometimes I read a magazine if it's something good but most of the time I'm reading things on the Internet, you know, emails, Facebook, and chatting.

 

List all the things Dave reads.

Student Answer

 

 

Meet Sarah. Sarah reads very different things to Dave.

Woman holding folder in front of houses being built

 

Transcript(Opens in new window)

[Sarah] Selling real estate is something that I always thought would be...well, interesting. I used to sell clothes in a retail store so I didn't think it would be that big a difference. I was pretty surprised how much reading and writing I needed to do though.

I still need to get some help with some of the details in the legal work like the clauses in some of the contracts. I also need to write advertisements and contracts for my clients. It takes a long time to read through all the listings and the details of properties to find the right home for my clients. I thought it would be mostly about seeing houses and selling houses but it's a lot more than that.

I have really unpredictable hours – I am available all the time for people. At home I try to find time to read my magazines and if I'm on holidays or have a break, I like to read a good novel. I do not like to see any electronics when I do have some time off so no emails, texts, or even updates.

List all the things Sarah reads. What form do these things that Sarah reads often take?

Student Answer

 

Here is Glen. He is also a reader. What he reads is very different from Dave and Sarah.

Man standing in kitchen with chef's uniform on

 

Transcript(Opens in new window)

[Glen] I've been a baker for about 12 years now.

I learned most of what I do from working with other bakers but now that I am working somewhere where I can do more of my own recipes and create some new baked goods, I need to read more about the different types of combinations of ingredients.

Before, I worked for a company that had recipes that I just had to follow. Now, I need to do more research and understand combinations better. I also have to check invoices, sales slips, orders, price lists, and contracts. The recipes are still the best part of my job, but it's only a part of the job.

I don't really read much at work because it's too busy. My reading happens at home when it's quiet. I find some new inspiration from magazines, cookbooks, the Internet, and just messing around with stuff in my kitchen.

How has Glen’s reading changed since he began this career? Explain.

Student Answer

 

You may know someone like Leighton. Listen to what he has to say about how he reads.

Man working in hood of a car

 

Transcript(Opens in new window)

Most of my work is pretty straightforward and I need to do just car repairs like changing the oil and checking fluid levels – stuff like that.

There's a lot of paperwork though too. Even for an oil change I need to make sure the client's information is accurate and up to date, record their car information and what we did to their car. I have to fill in the customer forms for their records and enter information in the system.

I need to complete payment information as well but that's not too bad. When we go for new training there's a lot we need to review as well but they show us, so it's okay.

 

And last, but not least, listen to Sue telling you her story.

Woman pushing wheelbarrow with shrubs in it

Transcript(Opens in new window)

[Sue] I started my yard and garden maintenance business just over two years ago. At first the biggest part was learning about setting up the files and a system to keep track of my clients and know the kind of services I offered them.

Once my business started to grow I needed to think more about how I was advertising things to get more and more clients. I even hired someone to help with the work but there are always new products that I need to learn about because you have to be careful when you are mixing chemicals for people's yards and gardens. They get pretty funny about things if you kill their plants.

I try to watch the weather channel for items that might affect my plants. I read the Farmer's Almanac because it's more reliable. I read my horoscope too, just to be safe.

 

Which of these occupations could do away with reading?

Student Answer

 

Suggested Answer:  None!

 

The form of what these people read depends on the purpose for reading them. For example, a contract is different from an ingredient order list and that is certainly different from a real estate advertisement. The point is that you must learn to read well and recognize that reading happens in every occupation. What you read and how well you understand it depends on your ability to recognize and deal with:

  • Form and purpose
  • Overall idea
  • Details
  • Predictions
  • Connections

Consolidation

Setting goals

Now that you’ve had a chance to see and hear what other people read in their daily lives, stop and think about all the ways that you read, from morning to night. One of the requirements of this course is that you create a reading goal and monitor your progress toward achieving it.

Your general goal should be to improve your reading and writing skills so that you can be successful in this course and in life. Think about making your goal S.M.A.R.T. What is a S.M.A.R.T. goal? To find out, look at the example and the S.M.A.R.T. definitions.

As you read the example, click on the S.M.A.R.T. letters to see how each definition in the S.M.A.R.T. goal matches each part of the example.

What is a SMART goal? It’s one that is Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Relevant, and Time-bound.

 

Specific

The goal should identify a specific action or event that will take place. It answers questions like…

  • What do you want to achieve?
  • Why do you want to achieve it?

 

Measurable

A measurable goal is quantifiable and indicates how you will be able to tell that you have achieved your goal. It answers questions like…

  • How often will you need to do it?
  • How will you know when it is accomplished?

Attainable

The goal should be achievable, given available resources. It answers questions like…

  • How do you know this can happen?
  • How can you be successful?

Relevant

The goal is only valuable if it is realistically connected to what you want to accomplish. It answers questions like…

  • Is this the best time for this goal?
  • Does this goal seem worthwhile?

Time-bound

A time-bound goal holds everyone involved accountable and helps with the goal's measurability. It asks questions like...

  • When can you plan the next step?
  • When will you have met your goal?

 

My S.M.A.R.T. goal is to learn how to drive a car within the next four months by taking 24 driving lessons.

My specific goal is to learn how to drive a car within the next four months.

My goal is measurable because after having taken 24 driving lessons over four months, I will be able to tell whether I can drive a car or not.

My goal is attainable because, after 24 driving lessons over four months, I should be able to learn how to drive.

My goal is realistic because, with lessons, I should be able to learn how to drive within four months.

My goal is time-bound, because I have given myself four months within which to achieve my goal.

 

Setting my goal

Now it’s time to set your S.M.A.R.T. reading goal for the course. Complete this “S.M.A.R.T. goal sheet(Opens in new window).” Fill in the blanks and save it to your computer. You’ll refer to it later in the course.

Now that you have mapped out your reading goal, think about how you can start working towards achieving it.

  • You might need to find a quiet place to work.
  • You might need to find some reading materials that would be interesting for you.

Libraries have so much more to offer these days and it might be worth a trip. Many libraries have online materials, too, so you could browse through them without even needing to leave your house!

Don’t wait.

Get started now!

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_01.02.02.jpg

 

First Notebook entry

Here you are near the end of learning activity 1.1. Already!

So far, you have:

  • Completed a personal reading inventory
  • Learned how you use form, purpose, details, predictions, and connections as reading strategies
  • Learned about reading in other people’s lives
  • Set a reading goal

That’s pretty good for just one learning activity! At this rate, you will be finished this course in no time at all.

Before we end this learning activity, there is one more thing you need to do.

You need to create a Notebook folder and add one file to it. The file needs to be a paragraph written by you that includes:

  • What you have learned so far
  • Your reading goal

Your Notebook will need to be electronic so that you can submit it at the end of the course. You will be using your Notebook lots of times.

Notebook

 

Now, create a folder on your computer called Notebook.

Open a file on your computer, and write the date and your thoughts and reflections on what you have learned so far about yourself and reading. Call the file learning activity 1.1 Logbook Entry. You can name all the Logbook entries by their learning activity number.

Here is a learning activity 1.1 Logbook sample entry, if you are having trouble getting started:

If you asked me before I would have told you I didn’t read. I probably would have told you that I hated to read. I guess I don’t mind reading if it’s things I like. I don’t like novels about olden times or Shakespeare. I don’t get him. Of course I like magazines about flying and travel and interesting places. I like some books on gardening and things like that but I usually look at the pictures and read the information when I like what I see. I like books on facts too, like the Guinness Book of World Records and unsolved mysteries or true crime. Mostly, I text and send emails and chat online. I know I need to improve my skills so I can have a better job but I would also like to be able to read the handwritten letters my grandma sends. I’m not very good at reading handwriting and I don’t like that I can’t read all of her message.

Here are some guiding questions to get you started:

  1. Which items do you read most often? Why?
  2. Which items do you never read? Why?
  3. How often do you read?
  4. Were you surprised at all the different things that you read?
  5. Were you surprised at how often you read?
  6. Were there any items that you don’t mind reading but you don’t read very often?
  7. Which area of your reading would you like to improve?
  8. Did you include something from your personal reading inventory results as a goal?
  9. Do you see the connection between your reading habits and your needs in the future?
  10. Where are you when you read? At home? School? Work

Portfolio

Evaluations during the course will be based on a variety of teacher-assigned and student-selected reading and writing tasks and these will take place towards the end of units. In addition, you will be required to submit a literacy Portfolio, along with your Logbook, at the end of the course.

You now have your notebook set up and underway.

Let’s get your Portfolio started.

Just as with your Logbook, you need to create a folder on your computer for all your Portfolio entries. Save each one by the learning activity number. And, just as there is an image associated with your Logbook entries, so, too, is there an image associated with your Portfolio tasks.

 

Whenever you see this image, it is time to prepare and save a Portfolio item.

You will submit this Portfolio at the end of the course.

Portfolio item

 

In this lesson, you learned about what is involved when you read.

Go online and do a search on these words: “what reading means to me.”

You should view several hits before you choose one. The one you choose must have these criteria:

  • It must be at least one page long.
  • It cannot be a video

Read what the person has written and write a paragraph in response. (See Paragraph Rubric)

Pretend that the person who wrote it will read your response. Tell them whether you feel the same way about reading or not. Explain your reasons.

Note: You must save the URL and include it with your work.

Save your work in your Portfolio and call the file "Learning activity 1.1 portfolio item" or something similar.

 

Supplementary Reading Package

In your content section, you will find your “Supplementary Reading Package(Opens in new window).” For this course, you are required to complete the reading activities in the package and submit them in the final Assessment of Learning in the last learning activity. The instructions can be found in the Supplementary Reading Package.

  • MPA Online Journal log revised 2.
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.1a smart_goal_sheet
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.1b supplementary_reading_package

Lesson 1.2

Lesson 1.2 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

1.2   What are reading comprehension strategies?

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

1.2: What are reading comprehension strategies

 

Learning Goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • look for clues in images and texts
  • use clues to sort the content of a text
  • think about the reading strategies you use
  • use reading strategies to read a text and answer questions about it

 

 

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

 

 

 

 

Minds On

Welcome back! In the first learning activity, we looked at what we read, how often we read, and which strategies we used while we read.

In this learning activity we’re going to build on that knowledge and consider purposes for reading, and look more closely at some of the strategies we use to read with understanding.

Reading is hard to explain to someone because we can’t really see what is happening in their mind when they are reading words or images.

Once we can read some words and make sense of what we are reading, it is even harder to explain because reading sometimes seems to happen automatically. That isn’t the case, though; even good readers have trouble with new words and need to rely on strategies to help them interpret new information. We all have strategies that we use, and sometimes we don’t even know we have these skills.

Let’s get started and you’ll see what I mean.

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

Looking for clues

Have a really good look at this image.

Young woman surveying property in ruins after a natural disaster

 

What is going on here? What questions would you ask to find out what is going on?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Is this the young woman’s house? What happened? Where was she when it happened?

 

 

 

Do you need to know exactly what happened to make a good guess?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

No, you can guess what is happening from what you see.

 

Clues could be:

  • Symbols
  • Images
  • Words

Sometimes, clues come from how symbols, words, and images are connected to each other. Reading comprehension (understanding what you read) depends on how well you use the clues.

Try this again. Look at this image. What is happening? What clues could you use to try and find out?

Young people standing on a stage accepting awards

 

Try and think about how you looked for clues.

Match each clue to the specific example of it from this image.

Question 1Symbolsselect:AndroidDid they win phones? Do they work for the phone company?People receiving an award, giant pretend phoneLetter symbols from another language, 2010

Question 2Words I knowselect:AndroidDid they win phones? Do they work for the phone company?People receiving an award, giant pretend phoneLetter symbols from another language, 2010

Question 3Imagesselect:AndroidDid they win phones? Do they work for the phone company?People receiving an award, giant pretend phoneLetter symbols from another language, 2010

Question 4Questions I still haveselect:AndroidDid they win phones? Do they work for the phone company?People receiving an award, giant pretend phoneLetter symbols from another language, 2010

Submit

 

Match each clue to the specific example of it from this image.

Question 1Symbolsselect:AndroidDid they win phones? Do they work for the phone company?People receiving an award, giant pretend phoneLetter symbols from another language, 2010 You are right!

Question 2Words I knowselect:AndroidDid they win phones? Do they work for the phone company?People receiving an award, giant pretend phoneLetter symbols from another language, 2010 You are right!

Question 3Imagesselect:AndroidDid they win phones? Do they work for the phone company?People receiving an award, giant pretend phoneLetter symbols from another language, 2010 You are right!

Question 4Questions I still haveselect:AndroidDid they win phones? Do they work for the phone company?People receiving an award, giant pretend phoneLetter symbols from another language, 2010 You are right!

Submit

You got 4 out of 4 right!

 

 

In 20 words or fewer, provide your best guess as to what is actually happening in the picture.

Student Answer

 

 

Recap

Take a minute to recap.

So far you have learned that:

  • Form can help you understand what you are reading.
  • The purpose for something is closely connected to the form.
  • Once you know the form, you can look at the details.
  • Form, purpose, and details help you make predictions and connections.

And you’ve learned to look for clues!

  • Symbols
  • Images
  • Words you already know
  • Questions you ask yourself

are all clues that can help you.

The next strategy to think about is sorting.

 

 

 

 

Sorting

Peter is in Grade 3. He is pretty good at math. But, while there are some things in math he is doing really well at, there are other things that he can keep working at, in order to improve.

Practise sorting these “Report card comments(Opens in new window).”

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_01.02.03.jpeg

 

Sorting: A reading comprehension strategy?

If you were Peter’s parents, you would want to know whether there were more things he was doing well or more things he needed to improve at. In other words, you would want to know what conclusion you could make from sorting the comments.

What conclusion can you make from sorting Peter’s report card comments?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

He is doing well at most things.

 

 

 

As a family member, there are many things you need to read:

  • Directions to put something together
  • Recipes
  • Directions for taking medicine
  • Shopping lists
  • Calendars
  • Television and movie items

Certainly the list is different, depending on your age, your role in the family, and so on, but there are lots of things to read, that’s for sure! It is amazing how many of the things you read depend on putting ideas in order. Ordering is our next strategy!

 

What is the best order?

Click on each tab to look at the different ordered items. Pay close attention to their specific and common features.

Recipe for crispy baked chicken fingers

Deep fried crispy chicken strips and fries in a basket

Note: Be sure to fully thaw your chicken pieces overnight so that the meat is nice and juicy when it's baked. Microwaving or cooking it partially frozen makes the chicken dry, and the coating mushy.

Prep time: 10 minutes

Cooking time: 15 minutes

Total time: 25 minutes

Ingredients:

  • 2 cups white flour
  • 2 tbsp. salt
  • 3 tbsp. garlic salt
  • 4 tbsp. paprika
  • ½ tbsp. thyme
  • ⅛ tbsp. oregano
  • 2 tbsp. celery salt
  • 2 tbsp. black pepper
  • 1 tbsp. dry mustard
  • 1 tbsp. ground ginger
  • 4 boneless, skinless chicken breasts
  • Olive oil in a spray bottle (A dollar-store water spray bottle will do.)

Method:

  1. Preheat the oven to 375º.
  2. Mix all of the dry ingredients in a bowl, making sure that you distribute the seasonings thoroughly.
  3. Cut the chicken breasts into strips for chicken fingers or nuggets. (If full pieces are preferred, adjust the cooking time accordingly.)
  4. Place the dry mixture in a re-sealable plastic container. Place the individual chicken pieces in a container and shake them until the chicken is coated with the seasoning mix. Place the pieces on a cooking sheet. Spray a mist of olive oil over all of the chicken pieces with the olive oil spray.
  5. Cook the chicken for 15 minutes, turning the pieces halfway through. You can sprinkle additional seasoning on the flipped chicken and re-spray it with the olive oil. Serve it with your favourite dipping sauce and enjoy!

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

How to blow bubble gum bubbles

Young woman blowing a bubble gum bubble

Materials: Fresh piece of bubble gum

Caution: If you have braces, this could get messy.

Directions:

  1. First, unwrap a fresh piece of bubble gum.
  2. Then place the gum in your mouth.
  3. Chew the gum until it is soft and easy to shape with your tongue.
  4. Using your tongue, flatten the gum against the roof of your mouth.
  5. Slide the flattened piece of gum so that it sits behind your upper and lower teeth.
  6. Open your teeth so that you can press the gum with your tongue through your teeth.
  7. Next, use the sides of your mouth and cheeks to hold the gum in place.
  8. Slowly blow air around your tongue until a small bubble starts to appear.
  9. Re-adjust your mouth and cheeks so that you can hold the gum in place but blow a bigger bubble.
  10. Blow the bubble until it pops.

 

 

 

 

How to play Tic-Tac-Toe

Tic Tac Toe game with x’s and o’s in a 3 by 3 grid

Materials:

  • Pen, pencil, or chalk
  • Paper, sidewalk, or chalkboard

Note: You may use other suitable writing materials.

Instructions:

  1. Draw a simple grid on a piece of paper. The grid should have nine spaces, much like a # sign.
  2. Choose which player will be X and which will be O.
  3. Player X begins the game by placing his or her mark in one of the nine spaces on the grid.
  4. Player O then places his or her mark on one of the remaining eight spaces.
  5. Players take turns until there is a row of three X's or a row of three O's, or all the spaces are filled.
  6. A player wins if he or she gets three marks in a row. The game is tied if neither player has a row of three.

 

 

 

What are some of the common features that each ordered item had?

In every case, there were directions. The steps may have been different, but there was definitely an order to each set of instructions.

See which features you can identify for each text form. Put your answers in the spaces provided below. If the same feature is found in all three text forms, list that feature in the last text entry box.

Recipe

 

 

 

Game direction features

 

 

How-to instructions features

 

 

Student Answer

 

 

 

 

 

Putting it all together

It is time to put several strategies together at once.

Like a good baseball player who has to be able to hit, run, and catch, a good reader also has more than one strength or strategy. As you have reviewed several of them, here is your chance to put them all together!

Read here about the “Semaphore flag signalling system(Opens in new window),” then answer the questions below about the strategies that you used.

 

1. Form and purpose
What does this seem to be? Who is it for?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

A set of directions for a beginner in semaphore.

2. Details
What details help you understand what this is about?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

The flags are like symbols for three letters of the alphabet. If I think about it, semaphore flag positions are like the times on a clock face.

3. Predictions
If you could see more of this item, what do you think it would say or include?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

I think it would give some messages to practice semaphore with.

 

4. Connections
What does this remind you of?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

This reminds me of road crews signalling, or a compass and how you find directions.

5. Symbols
Are there any symbols that help you understand what this is about?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Yes, the flags help explain what semaphore is.

6. Images
Are there any images that help you understand what this is about?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Yes, the little man using the flags helps.

7. Words I already know
Which words are familiar?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

The letters A, B, C, and D and the word “alphabet” are familiar.

 

 

8. Questions I ask myself
What questions would you ask yourself about this item?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Who invented this? Who uses this?

9. Sorting vs. ordering
Is this information sorted or ordered?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

It is sorted by the letters of the alphabet. But it is also ordered because it follows the letters of the alphabet in order.

 

 

Consolidation

Strategies review

In this learning activity, you have been using strategies to uncover information from a variety of text forms. Sometimes you use these strategies so well, you don’t even realize you are doing it!

Think about the strategies you use in everyday reading. How often do you use them? Use this Strategies Review Survey to answer.

  • N - Never
  • S - Seldom
  • O - Occasionally
  • M - Mostly
  • A - Always

View an accessible version of the Strategies Review Survey here.(Opens in new window)

 

Rating statements

 

N

S

O

M

A

I find a place to work where I can concentrate on what I’m reading.

 

 

 

 

 

I have my notes and pens with me so I can review from the previous learning activity.

 

 

 

 

 

I read over the instructions to make sure I know what I need to do.

 

 

 

 

 

I look at the title to get an idea of what the reading will be about.

 

 

 

 

 

I skim to look for italicized words or bolded items.

 

 

 

 

 

I scroll down or flip ahead to see how much I will be reading.

 

 

 

 

 

I think about why I’m reading the information.

 

 

 

 

 

I make notes when I read.

 

 

 

 

 

I highlight some features that might be important or confusing.

 

 

 

 

 

I create questions in my mind when I'm reading.

 

 

 

 

 

I try and connect this new information with information I already know.

 

 

 

 

 

I try and predict what the materials will be discussing.

 

 

 

 

 

I try to use strategies to help me understand.

 

 

 

 

 

I consider whether or not I will need to remember or use this information later.

 

 

 

 

 

I reread information if I don’t understand it the first time.

 

 

 

 

 

Logbook entry

 

For your final task in this learning activity, consider the following questions. These questions are meant to guide you, so feel free to add additional information or ideas that you learned during this learning activity. Remember that your Logbook is marked at the end of the course, so write detailed comments.

Save your answers in your Logbook folder. Call the file Learning Activity 1.2 Logbook Entry.

  • What reading strategies have you learned so far in this course? Name them and explain them.
  • Which of these strategies is a new one for you?
  • Which of these strategies have you used lots of times?
  • When you completed the Strategies Review Survey, what was the one area that you thought you could improve on?

Assessment for Learning

screengrab of fill in the blanks activity screengrab of fill in the blanks activity(Opens in a new window)Start(Opens in a new window)

 

Press Enter here for an accessible version of the the learning activity 1.2 Assessment for Learning.

Assessment for Learning: Computer-based

This is an Assessment for Learning, so no marks will be assigned; instead, the assessment will help you determine where you are in your learning, where you need to go, and how best to get there. You will be provided with computer-based feedback on your work. This feedback will help you in your future learning.

There are three tasks in this Assessment for Learning.

Press any task to begin.

  • Task 1
  • Task 1: Reviewing reading strategies
  • In this first task, you’ll review some key terms and clues associated with different reading strategies.
  • Let's begin your assessment by looking at some key terms from earlier in the course. In the question that follows, you'll complete a series of fill-in-the-blanks associated with different reading strategies.
  • Press Next to begin…

Complete each sentence by selecting the correct term from the drop-down list. Then click Submit to see if you are right!

Choices:  Form    Overall idea    Details    Prediction    Connection

When looking at the text to determine whether it is, for instance, a novel, textbook, or instruction manual, you are identifying its 

select 

 .

When you closely examine the features of the document you are reading, asking questions like, "What is this about?", you are identifying its 

select 

 .

As you read, and you begin to look for smaller clues, you are identifying the __________select 

 of the text.

When, as you read, you begin to ask yourself "What's going to happen?", you are making a 

_______ select      about the text.

When you begin to think about how what you are reading relates to you on a personal level, you are making a ________ select    to the text.

 

As you have learned, identifying the form, overall idea, and details of any text, as well as making predictions about it and connections to it, requires you as a reader to make use of clues. As you know, clues come in many forms, including:

  • Symbols
  • Images
  • Words you are familiar with
  • Questions you are able to ask yourself

Using these four types of clues, respond in sentence form to each of the questions that follow. Sample responses have been provided for you to check your work.

Press Next to begin…

 

What is the form of this text?

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

The form of this text is a catalogue.

 

 

What clue(s) did you use to determine the form?

 

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

I used images and words I already knew to identify the form of this text. I recognized the shape and style of a catalogue, and I knew the name “IKEA.”

What is the overall idea of this image?

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

The overall idea of this image is that these athletes have won track-and-field events.

 

What clue(s) did you use to determine the overall idea?

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

I used images and symbols to determine the overall idea. I recognized the athletic outfits and the background of a track stadium, and understood the symbolism behind medals.

What are the key details of this image?

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

The key details of this image are that a man in his 20s or 30s, dressed in business-casual attire, is checking his watch and holding his phone, and there is an airline schedule on the wall behind him.

 

What clue(s) did you use to identify these details?

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

I used images, taking apart the different components of the overall image to identify its details.

Having now identified its details, what prediction(s) can you make about this image?

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

Based on the details of the image, I predict that this is a businessman who is late for his plane, or who has just learned that his flight has been cancelled and is trying to figure out alternative arrangements.

 

What clue(s) did you use to make these predictions?

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

I used images as clues to make these predictions. The man’s clothing, facial expression, and focus on his watch and his phone all led me to make these predictions.

What connection(s) are you able to make, upon looking at this poster?

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

Upon looking at this poster, I immediately feel empathy for the owners of this lost dog.

 

What clue(s) enabled you to make this connection?

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

I relied on images and words I was familiar with to establish this connection. The image of a poster showing a dog enabled me to recognize that someone’s pet was missing. Also, the word “REWARD” was one that I recognized as holding meaning as it showed that the owners must have been distraught over having lost their pet if they were willing to pay for its safe return.

What connection can you make between the form and purpose of this poster?

Student's Answer:Compare Answer Hide Answer

There is a major connection between the form and purpose of this poster. The poster takes the form of words and an image. The words are in large print, and the image is prominent, so everything about it is eye-catching and easy to understand. This connects to the purpose because it is designed to draw people’s attention and get them thinking about whether they have seen this dog.

 

Task 3: Implementing your S.M.A.R.T. goal

Earlier in the course, you identified and developed a S.M.A.R.T. goal related to reading. The goal that you created is already sorted into sections, in that you have identified how it is:

  • Specific
  • Measurable
  • Attainable
  • Realistic
  • Time-bound

Your challenge now is to review your goal in light of the strategies you learned previously, and order it into a series of steps to ensure you carry it out over the remainder of the course and – ideally – beyond!

How will you accomplish this task? Review your previous responses to each of the following questions, and develop them into a more ordered action plan:

  • What is your goal?

My goal is to read for half an hour each night between now and the end of this course.

  • What makes your goal specific?
  • My goal is specific in that it has a specified time frame and end goal.
  •  
  • How is your goal measurable?
  • My goal is measurable in that it is set to occur on a daily basis, so I can evaluate my progress daily.
  •  
  • How is your goal attainable?
  • My goal is attainable in that there is no barrier to my completing it – I am in control of the allocation of my daily time.

 

  • What makes your goal realistic?

My goal is realistic because it is a manageable daily time commitment within a manageable time frame.

  •  
  • How is your goal time-bound?

My goal is time-bound, both on a daily basis and a longer-term basis, because it is set to be completed at the end of the course.

If you’re unsure of what to write, use the Example and Checklist buttons for helpful guides. When you have finished writing your ordered action plan, click the All Done! button to complete the task.

Press Next to begin…

My ordered action plan

  • explores and develops the S.M.A.R.T. goal I proposed in Lesson 1
  • orders the elements of my S.M.A.R.T. goal into stages or steps that are chronological and/or cumulative
  • makes use of transition words and/or phrases to clarify the ordering process (e.g., First; Second; Next; Then…)
  • has been edited for clarity and language conventions
  • Ordered action plan example:
  • In order to ensure that I fully engage in and commit to my S.M.A.R.T. goal of reading for at least half an hour each night between now and the end of the course, I will first need to find something to read that will hold my attention! I often find myself reading magazine headlines while in line at the grocery store, so I will start by buying three magazines that have caught my attention – Style at HomePeople, and Sports Illustrated.
  • Next, I will place the magazines on the nightstand next to my bed to ensure that they are close at hand, at the end of the day.
  • I have read that it takes 21 days for something to become a habit, so my next step will be to set a reminder on my phone for the next three weeks so that I can’t forget to read! Ideally, after incorporating reading into my evening routine on a daily basis for 21 consecutive days, I will no longer need the reminder!
  • At the end of the 21 days, if my routine has not become a habit, I will re-evaluate both the timing of my reading and the form – perhaps, for instance, attempting a novel rather than magazines. At that point, I could re-establish my S.M.A.R.T. goal, depending on what I have learned.

 

  • MPA Online Journal log revised 2
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.2a report_card_comments
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.2b semaphore_signalling
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.2c strategies_review_survey.
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.2d Lesson_2_assessment_fo

Lesson 1.3

Lesson 1.3 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

1.3   The Main Idea

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

1.3: The Main Idea

  • Learning goals

    We are learning to:

  • use the features of a text to find its purpose
  • learn the triple-burger model of a paragraph
  • use strategies to find the main idea and supporting ideas of a paragraph
  • write good opening sentences for paragraphs
  •  

Minds On

In this learning activity you’ll be exploring a greater variety of text forms. You will continue to expand on your comprehension of text features and the various components required of each text form.

In addition, you will continue to build on your reading strategies by practising the strategies to identify the main idea and supporting details.

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Sifting and Sorting

Let's start with a sorting activity

If you were to look at an envelope, what unique features of envelopes would you expect to find?

Probably these:

  • Name
  • Street address
  • City
  • Province
  • Postal code
  • Stamp

Remember what you have learned: the features of various text forms help you to understand the purpose of the material.

Why does this matter? When you understand the text form you are better prepared to understand:

  • What you will be reading
  • Where you will locate the information

Consider, for example, if you were reading a paragraph, what would you expect of that text form? You’d expect a triple burger, right?

What?

Yes indeed, a paragraph is like a triple burger. Look at the picture and see for yourself. Begin with the topic sentence and work your way down.

Triple Burger with the top bun representing the topic sentence, the first patty representing the first supporting idea, the middle patty representing the second supporting idea, the bottom patty representing the third supporting idea, and the bottom half of the bun representing the concluding sentence.

Action

How is a paragraph like a burger?

Start with the top of the bun, mmm, I mean…the topic sentence. Remember, the topic sentence is the main idea, the key focus, of the paragraph. The main idea can often be stated in a couple of words.

Supporting details are the burger’s patties. They are placed between the buns. They are connected to the main idea.

Supporting details expand the main idea, defend the main idea, or explain the main idea.

The concluding sentence is the bottom bun of the hamburger. It sums up the main point made in the topic sentence and paragraphs.

So, once you know the features of a paragraph, you can read them with more understanding.

Here are three sentences that would appear early in paragraphs. What is the topic or main idea of each one?

  1. It has often been said that a dog is man’s best friend and I certainly agree.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  1. Studying for final exams can be stressful unless you have a good study plan.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  1. An essential first step in finding a job is putting together an effective resume.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

The opening sentence of a paragraph usually, almost always states the topic.

Usually…almost always…? That’s right. Sometimes the topic sentence isn’t the very first sentence

Keep this in mind as you read “My amazing grandma” on the following tabs. Can you find the top of the bun, or main idea?

Press Enter here for an accessible version of Analyzing the paragraph, My amazing grandma.(Opens in new window)

Breaking down a paragraph

My Amazing Grandma

Grandmothers are often thought of as sweet, frail, little old ladies. For the most part that is true. My grandmother would certainly qualify for some of those items. However, she is not feeble or frail at all. She has always been quiet and pretty soft-spoken but she is also a dynamo. When she retired she took up downhill skiing, billiards, and roller blading. She already skated, golfed, and bowled so she thought it would not be a very big deal to learn a few more things. Even though she is 88 now, she still does all those activities and we are still trying to keep up. I cannot think of anyone I admire more than my grandma, since she is so dynamic and unlike what you might expect her to be.

How do we find the main idea?

Sometimes the topic is very clear, but what the writer actually wants to say about that topic may take a little more thought. For example, you have just read a paragraph about “Grandma.” The topic was definitely Grandma. The main idea that you should have taken away from that paragraph is that Grandma is still a very active woman.

Find the topic and the main idea in the following paragraphs. The first one has been done for you.

Bark beats meow

There are cat people and there are dog people. Although cats are pretty great, dogs are where it’s at. Dogs always know what you’re feeling. They know to bounce around and get playful to cheer you up or to sit quietly and close by when you’re not feeling well. Dogs always come to greet you at the end of a long day at work, and it doesn’t matter if you’ve been away for five minutes or five hours, they’re just as excited to see you. No wonder they’re known as man’s best friend.

What is the topic?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

What is the main idea?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Now try this one on your own:

Nature at its finest

Nature is meant to be enjoyed by all types of people. In the spring, many people enjoy seeing birds return and the new buds on plants and trees, as the season begins to green. Summer brings new flowers, fresh cut grass, the planting of crops, and a host of outdoor activities. In the fall, farmers harvest their crops and the trees shed their leaves to colourfully blanket the ground. Winter is the season for those brave souls who love the crispness of the air, fresh fallen snow, and frozen lakes and ponds. No matter which season is your favourite, nature will always have treasures to share.

What is the topic?

Student Answer

What is the main idea?

Student Answer

Silent reading in class

Teachers have been encouraging students to read silently in class for years but it can be pretty frustrating. Some students really love to curl up and read a book or magazine and others just try to pass the time and make it look like they are reading. So many times, though, students have to read boring things that they don’t really want to read. When teachers finally do let students pick something that they want to read, they never give students enough time. Just when they get into what they are reading, the time is up. Even though silent reading is a strategy many teachers still use in class today, they never quite get it right.

What is the topic?

Student Answer

What is the main idea?

Student Answer

Museums, art galleries, and auto shows

Did you ever wonder why teachers picked certain places for class field trips? If you were to give students a list of all the possibilities they could consider for a class field trip, do you think that museums, art galleries, and auto shows would make the top three choices? Teachers are not required to have field trips for their classes but many teachers like to reward good student behaviour with an out-of-school class experience. Teachers would also love to consider other options for field trips but they must select items that are connected to the course content, are affordable for most students, and are available during the course and school year. They also have to keep safety and student interest in mind when they are booking these trips. When you factor in all those elements, it’s no wonder that art galleries, museums, and auto shows often end up being the field trips of choice.

What is the topic?

Student Answer

What is the main idea?

Student Answer

Supporting ideas

In the “My active grandma” paragraph, you saw that the supporting ideas came between the main idea and the concluding sentence.

Find three supporting details for each of these paragraphs. Write them in point form. The first one has been done for you.

Bark beats meow

There are cat people and there are dog people. Although cats are pretty great, dogs are where it’s at. Dogs always know what you’re feeling. They know to bounce around and get playful to cheer you up or to sit quietly and close by when you’re not feeling well. Dogs always come to greet you at the end of a long day at work, and it doesn’t matter if you’ve been away for five minutes or five hours, they’re just as excited to see you. No wonder they’re known as man’s best friend

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Now try this one:

Nature at its finest

Nature is meant to be enjoyed by all types of people. In the spring, many people enjoy seeing birds return and the new buds on plants and trees as the season begins to green. Summer brings new flowers, fresh cut grass, the planting of crops, and a host of outdoor activities. In the fall, farmers harvest their crops and the trees shed their leaves to colourfully blanket the ground. Winter is the season for the brave souls who love the crispness of the air, fresh fallen snow, and frozen lakes and ponds. No matter which season is your favourite, nature will always have treasures to share

Student Answer

And how about this one:

Silent reading in class

Teachers have been encouraging students to read silently in class for years but it can be pretty frustrating. Some students really love to curl up and read a book or magazine and others just try to pass the time and make it look like they are reading. So many times, though, students have to read boring things that they don’t really want to read. When teachers finally do let students pick something that they want to read, they never give students enough time. Just when they get into what they are reading, the time is up. Even though silent reading is a strategy many teachers still use in class today, they never quite get it right

Student Answer

And this one:

Museums, art galleries, and auto shows

Did you ever wonder why teachers picked certain places for class field trips? If you were to give students a list of all the possibilities they could consider for a class field trip, do you think that museums, art galleries, and auto shows would make the top three choices? Teachers are not required to have field trips for their classes but many teachers like to reward good student behaviour with an out-of-school class experience. Teachers would also love to consider other options for field trips but they must select items that are connected to the course content, are affordable for most students, and are available during the course and school year. They also have to keep safety and student interest in mind when they are booking these trips. When you factor in all those elements, it’s no wonder that art galleries, museums, and auto shows often end up being the field trips of choice

Student Answer

Strategies for finding the main idea

Graphs and charts with magnifying glass

Now you should feel comfortable finding the topic, the main idea, the supporting details, and the concluding sentence in a paragraph. You know how to dissect the paragraph to find what you need.

But if the format wasn’t a paragraph, could you still find what you needed?

The image below shows several other text formats. What do you already know about how these other items are organized? Which features of these text forms will help you find what you are looking for?

Look at this first item, “Bay Street RFC 2013 schedule(Opens in new window).”

What is the topic of this text?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

What is the main idea of this text?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

What are some of the supporting details? For example, who are they playing on July 20th and at what time and where?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

What are some of the supporting details? For example, on which Saturdays in July could I take my kids to a home game?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Look at this second item, “What is a graphic novel?(Opens in new window)

What is the topic of this text?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

What is the main idea of this text?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

What are some of the supporting details? For example, where do you start reading the page of a graphic novel?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

For a third item, search online using the question “How do I help a family member or friend apply to visit Canada?” You should find a Government of Canada website that provides the answers.

What is the topic of this text?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

What is the main idea of this text?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

What are some of the supporting details? Choose one.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

For a third item, search online using the question “How do I help a family member or friend apply to visit Canada?” You should find a Government of Canada website that provides the answers.

Using text features as clues is just one strategy to use to understand texts. Consider these reading strategies. Make a list of the strategies that you use when you read.

screengrab of gluegun activity(Opens in a new window)Start(Opens in a new window)

Press Enter here for an accessible version of Reading strategies.(Opens in new window)

Notebook

Make a Notebook entry and list the strategies that you currently use. Remember, your Notebook will be submitted at the end of the course, so it’s important to keep track of all your reflections as you complete them.

Call the file "Learning Activity 1.3 Notebook Entry." Be sure to save the file in your Notebook folder.

Listening for the main idea

Once you learn to identify the main idea and supporting details in print, it becomes easier to identify the main idea in audio and video items too. You are going to be watching two videos about their main idea and supporting details. To help you organize your thoughts, you are going to use graphic organizers.

Watch the following public service announcement by the Ontario Fire Marshal’s Office called Make it Stop! While watching the video, use the “Public service announcement(Opens in new window)” graphic organizer to determine the main idea and supporting details. You can watch the video more than once, if necessary.

Play VideoPlay

Mute

Loaded: 32.25%

Remaining Time -0:31

Display Transcript

Captions

Fullscreen

Watch the OYAP Commercial for the Ontario Youth Apprenticeship Program. While watching the video, use the “Youth apprenticeship commercial(Opens in new window)” graphic organizer to determine the main idea and supporting details.

Play VideoPlay

Mute

Loaded: 31.24%

Remaining Time -0:32

Display Transcript

Captions

Fullscreen

Identifying the main idea

You have practised finding the main idea by reading and by listening. You understand that it appears early in a paragraph. And you understand that the text form helps you determine the main idea when something isn’t written in a paragraph.

In this activity you will identify the main idea by reading and writing!

Paragraph 1

A graph needs a title. Without a title, you would have a tough time figuring out what the graph is communicating. Just as the title of a painting lets the viewer know what the painter was trying to show them, a title on a graph lets the viewer know what the mathematician meant to show.

What is the main idea of this paragraph?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Paragraph 2

Adam Smith, known as the Father of Economics, saw assembly-line specialization as a way to increase prosperity. In his example of a pin factory, Smith demonstrated that 10 workers could produce 48 000 pins per day if each worker specialized in one task. One worker laid out a stiff wire, a second worker cut the wire, a third sharpened the wire, a fourth attached a head to the wire, a fifth ran the forge, and so on. On average, each of the 10 workers produced 4800 pins per day. Yet, if each worker produced the pins alone from start to finish, how many pins would one worker produce? According to Smith, each worker would produce maybe one pin per day, a total of 10 pins, instead of 48 000

What is the main idea of this paragraph?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Paragraph 3

Fresh water is as important to human survival as the air you breathe. In that respect, we are very fortunate as Canadians: there are few countries in the world that can match Canada’s fresh water resources. Most of the fresh water used is replaced annually with precipitation Close to one hundred percent of the Canadian population has access to safe drinking water. Ontario alone contains four of the five Great Lakes, as well as over 250 000 other rivers, streams, and smaller lakes - a huge reservoir of fresh water.

What is the main idea of this paragraph?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Consolidation

Portfolio

It is time to complete your learning activity 1.3 Portfolio task.

Task 1

Use your imagination to write an interesting sentence for each of the following topics. The sentence must state the main idea. The first one has been done for you.

  • Topic 1: Summer holidays
  • Main idea: Summer holidays bring out the best and worst in families.
  • Topic 2: Ice cream
  • Topic 3: Alarm clocks
  • Topic 4: Dreams versus nightmares
  • Topic 5: Laughter

Task 2

Choose one topic from Task 1. Use the main idea you generated, and then write a full paragraph about that topic and main idea

Task 3

Save the file as "Learning Activity 1.3 Portfolio" in your Portfolio folder.

Conclusion

Good work! You are making great progress.

Remember to take steps to accomplish your reading goal. Record an entry on what you have done so far (for example, if your goal is to read more, or if it is to record what you read, how long you read for, and when you read). Later on, you will need to report on your progress.

 

 

 

  • MPA Online Journal log revised 2
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.3a analyzing_the_paragraph
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.3b bay_street_schedule.
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.3d what is_graphic_novel.
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.3c reading_strategies
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.3e psa_template
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.3f oyap_commercial

Lesson 1.4

Lesson 1.4 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

1.4   Writing the first draft

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

1.4: Writing the first draft

Learning Goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • brainstorm ideas for an essay
  • organize your ideas
  • write a first draft

 

 

Minds On

So far, we concentrated on text forms and reading strategies, and determining the main idea and supporting details.

Now we’re going to begin working on the writing process, which includes brainstorming, organizing, writing, editing, and rewriting.

For this learning activity, though, we will focus on brainstorming, organizing, and writing the first draft.

Abstract thought illustrated by 2 side profiles of a face with many gears in a bubble above the heads

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

How do we write?

Writing is a process. First, you need to think of ideas and then you need to organize those ideas before you can begin to write a draft. But before you submit your work for grading or publication you need to edit and rewrite sections to make sure your thoughts are clear to your audience. For many writers, even the best ones, half the battle is coming up with ideas.

 Tweeting birds

If you Tweet, go now and ask: Where do people get their ideas for writing a song?

Record what people tweeted.

Student Answer

How about ideas for a story?

Student Answer

Action

Moving past topics

In the last learning activity, you identified topics and main ideas. You even wrote a paragraph using a topic and main idea. So, think about that process. How do you move past a topic to ideas?

Imagine that your topic is cell phones. How do you start?

  • If you know a lot about cell phones, you can list some interesting facts about them.

But what if you don’t know much about them?

  • If you’re like me, you use your cell phone all the time but you don’t give much thought to its history or how it works. Does this mean that you can’t brainstorm? No, it just means that as well as brainstorming ideas or facts, you can start by brainstorming questions.

To get started, record your ideas and questions about cell phones using a format similar to that shown in the image.

Brainstorming Balloons with the main balloon reading: Topic 1 selected: Cell phones; write your ideas and questions in the thought balloons. What do you know? What do you wonder about?

These are the ideas and questions you might have come up with...

 Brainstorming Balloons with main balloon reading: “Topic 1 selected: Cell phones; write your ideas and questions in the thought balloons. What do you know? What do you wonder about? And the other balloons reading as follows: Cell phone plans are expensive to get rid of, Android, What is the best cell phone on the market, iPhone or Android? Are there any dangers related to using a cell phone or is that just a myth? So many features: Voice commands, cameras, browsing, games, weather traffic, iPhones’ usability is better but Android devices can be customized, iPhones have more apps.

Once you have collected your ideas, you need to organize them.

How?

By separating your ideas into “piles.” The “piles” are your categories of ideas.

Laundry in laundry basket to be sorted

For this cell phone topic you could use the following sub-topics:

  • Cell phone history
  • Cell phone features
  • Why have a cell phone?
  • Miscellaneous

If these were the topics, could you sort the ideas below into piles or topics?

Sort these ideas about “Cell phones(Opens in new window)” into their “piles” by cutting and pasting them into the table.

How did you determine where each item would be listed?

Student Answer

Did you read all of the options first to get an impression of the types of information you would be sorting?

Student Answer

How did you know that one of the items wasn’t important in connection with the three main categories?

Student Answer

What did you do if you weren’t sure about an item?

Student Answer

Logbook entry: Practising the writing process

Copy some of your answers to these questions down in your Logbook while the information is still fresh in your mind. Call the entry Learning Activity 4 Logbook Entry.

Choose one of these two questions to answer:

  • Choice #1
    Should our family buy a dog?
  • Choice #2
    Should our family buy a new car?

Type the question in the topic box in the form. Then type ideas about that topic in the next box. When you are thinking of your ideas try to think of ideas that support buying a car or dog and ideas that support not buying a car or dog.

Topic:

 

Ideas:

Logbook entry: Organizing ideas for writing

You will need to think of how to sort your ideas for writing. This is part of the brainstorming or pre-writing process.

Sort your ideas into two categories:

  • Pros
  • Cons

Topic:

 

Ideas:

 

Pros:

 

Cons:


Look at your brainstorming ideas.

Do you have more ideas for one side of the argument than the other?

Student Answer

Do you think you are missing some ideas? Are there some other ideas that could be used? Could you expand on some of the ideas that are already there?

Student Answer

No one is going to hold you to this opinion so choose the side that you think you can defend the best. Then organize your points into a chart. Save the chart; you will be using it shortly.

Consolidation

Opinion essay

You are going to take your brainstorming ideas and use them to create a series of paragraphs expressing an opinion. On the next page is a sample for a different topic: whether or not teenagers should have part-time jobs.

Series of paragraphs expressing an opinion – Getting started

Task: Write a minimum of three paragraphs expressing an opinion on the topic. Develop your main idea with supporting details (proof, facts, examples, etc.).

Purpose and audience: An adult who is interested in your opinion

Should teenagers have a part-time job?

Yes No
First point – Responsibility
Time management
Accountable to employer
Need to do the job well
First point – Distracts from homework and studying
Second point – Job skills
Communication (with customers and other employees) doing paperwork
Skills like using tools, equipment, or maybe cash
Second point – Takes time away from volunteer and extra-curricular activities
Third point – Extra cash
Clothes and cell phone
For education
For bills and groceries
Third point – People work for enough years in their lives. They don’t need to start so young.
In conclusion, a part-time job is a good experience for high school students to have. In conclusion, a part-time job is not a good experience for high school students to have.

Now complete “Organizing your opinion essay(Opens in new window),” the blank form for whether your family should buy a dog or a car.

Once you have all of your ideas, it’s time to start putting them into sentences and paragraphs.

First draft of the opinion essay

The next step in writing the essay is to take each point and expand on the idea so it becomes a full paragraph. In the example below, we have expanded on the Yes side of the argument only. In a five-paragraph opinion essay the three body paragraphs contain your fleshed-out ideas or sub-topics, and the first and last paragraphs form an introduction and conclusion.

Series of paragraphs expressing an opinion – Sample of draft essay

Notice how the rough draft above begins.

Use a sentence starter like:

  • In my opinion…
  • I believe that…
  • It seems to me that…
  • There is no doubt that…

Use a concluding sentence like:

  • As you can see…
  • Without a doubt we should…
  • For the reasons listed above, I believe…

Reviewing the writing process

Brainstorming: What do I write down at this stage?

Student Answer

 

Show Suggested Answer

Organizing: What do I do with my ideas and questions to organize them?

Student Answer

 

Show Suggested Answer

Drafting: How do I write the first draft of an opinion paragraph?

Student Answer

 

Show Suggested Answer

Portfolio item

Now it’s time to draft a rough copy of your opinion essay about whether your family should buy a car or a dog. Remember, for this learning activity, we are focusing on the first three steps of the writing process:

  • Brainstorming
  • Organizing ideas
  • Writing a draft

There will be time to reflect and revise in the next learning activity.

Save your rough draft in a file called Learning Activity 1.4 Portfolio Item and save it in your Portfolio folder.

Conclusion

Half the battle is getting a draft copy completed. In the next learning activity, we will take time to reflect, revise, and examine how well we meet the expectations of the opinion essay rubric

Learning activity 1.5 awaits!

 

 

  • MPA Online Journal log revised 2
  • Learning Activity OLc 1.4a cell_phones
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.4b opinion_essay_organizer

Lesson 1.5

Lesson 1.5 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

1.5 Editing and revising the final draft

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

1.5: Editing and revising the final draft

 

Learning Goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • learn some helpful spelling, grammar, and punctuation rules
  • edit and revise the draft essay you wrote last learning activity

Minds On

During this learning activity you will be completing the last two stages of the writing process: editing and revising. Even though you’ve completed a draft of your essay, there are still some things you can do to improve what you have completed so far. And that is what editing and revising are all about.

 

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

Revising your writing

Think of revising as a final polish. You may need to take some things away. Look at these images to see what that means.

Decorated living room with lots of accessories

Living room neat and nicely decorated but without a lot of extras

Which items in the rooms are similar?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

What items are different?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

When you revise or edit your writing, fewer decorations are better.

You may need to move some sentences or ideas around (like furniture) to improve the flow of your argument.

Word processors can find and correct spelling, grammar, and punctuation mistakes. But, can you always rely on them?

No!

A spell checker will tell you if a word is spelled correctly. But it won’t tell you if it’s the correct word to use. A grammar checker will tell you if a sentence makes sense. But it won’t tell you whether it really says what you want it to say.

Always check your spelling, grammar, and punctuation.

Illustration of a grandmother sitting in a rocking chair reading “Let’s eat, Grandma! Punctuation saves lives!”

  • Open the rough draft of your opinion essay – the one you wrote in learning activity 1.4 and saved to your computer.
  • Make sure that you keep a saved copy of the original rough draft. You will edit it in this learning activity.
  • You will hand in your rough draft and your edited copy at the end of this learning activity.

Keep the rough draft open in a separate window for this entire learning activity. You will need it many times.


Sentence fragments: Idea #1

Complete sentences must have subjects and verbs. A sentence that doesn't have a subject and a verb is called a sentence fragment.

What are these sentence fragments missing?

Went to the park.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Fix these incomplete sentences. Add something to the sentence fragment to make the sentence complete.

To apply for a job at the mall.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

In each group, choose the sentence that is not a sentence fragment. Remember, a complete sentence has a subject and a verb.

Question 1 of 3

Group 1?

Decided to repaint the walls of my bedroom.

My room looked great when I’d finished.

After going to the paint store and choosing a colour that went with my furniture.

Submitquestion 1

 

Next question

Sentence fragments: Idea #2

Lightbulb

Be careful! A sentence might seem to be complete but may be missing a part of the verb.

Add a word to fix these incomplete sentences.

She gone to see her mother.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Check now that all of the sentences in your rough draft are complete sentences with a subject and a verb. Fix the ones that aren’t complete sentences.

Verb tense: Idea #3

Lightbulb

Be careful not to mix tenses in sentences.

This sentence is incorrect: I wake up, eat breakfast, and took the bus to school.

Can you fix the sentence?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

For each of these sentences, choose the correct verb by matching it to the tense of the bolded verb in the sentence.

called him on the phone and (texted/text/will text) him.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Check your rough draft now. Do all the verb tenses match? Fix them if they don’t.

Subject-verb agreement: Idea #4

Lightbulb

Be careful not to mix tenses in sentences.

Incorrect: The quarterback, like all the football players, practise every day.

Why? Because one quarterback is singular and the verb practise is plural. The plural verb practise must be changed to the singular verb, practises.

Correct: The quarterback, like all the football players, practises every day.


Subject-verb agreement: Idea #5

Lightbulb

Watch out for tricky subjects that look as if they are plural but are really singular.

Incorrect: Everyone love pizza.

Even though “everyone” means a lot of people, the word itself is singular.

Correct: Everyone loves pizza.

Here are some more sentences with tricky subjects. Are they singular or plural? Type the correct word to complete each of these sentences.

Most of the games in the tournament (was/were) very close.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Subject-verb agreement: Idea #6

Lightbulb

When subjects are connected by or, the subject closer to the verb determines whether the verb is singular or plural.

Incorrect: Either the students or the teacher are making a mistake.

Correct: Either the students or the teacher is making a mistake.

Complete these sentences by typing the correct word.

Either the cake or the chocolates (is/are) ready to be decorated.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Check your rough draft now. Do all your subjects and verbs agree? Fix them if they don’t.

Pronoun-antecedent agreement: Idea #7

 

Lightbulb

A pronoun stands in for a noun. The antecedent is the noun that the pronoun replaces. The pronoun must match or agree with the antecedent.

pronoun is a short word like “he,” “she,” or “it” that is used instead of a noun.

My brother is the team’s vice-captain. He will stand in for me.

What is the pronoun that replaces the noun, brother?

What is the antecedent in this sentence?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Pronouns should always match their antecedents.

  • Incorrect: The whole team gave their approval.
  • Correct: The whole team gave its approval.

Although there are many team members, there’s only one team. Therefore, you have to use the singular pronoun, its.

Here’s a common mistake:

  • Incorrect: If anyone has a question, they should raise their hand.
  • Correct: If anyone has a question, he or she should raise his or her hand.

Anyone is singular, so you have to use he or she instead of they, and his or her instead of their.

In each of these sentences, type the correct pronoun.

My uncle and his family enjoyed (his/their) trip to Disneyland.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Check your rough draft now. Do all your pronouns and antecedents agree? Fix them if they don’t.

Spelling rules

No question about it, English words have some crazy spellings.

What else can you say about a language in which the words “kernel” and “colonel” sound exactly the same?

And the word B-A-S-S sounds different in these sentences:

Bass drum and drumsticks

“I play the bass drum.”

Bass fish being held up with mouth open

“I caught a bass.”

Use i before e except after c or when pronounced “ay” as in “neighbour” and “weigh.”

But there are some exceptions.

Here are just a few:

  • Weird
  • Height
  • Neither
  • Their

However, these next English spelling rules are more useful!


Suffix rules

Suffixes are added to the ends of words to change their meaning. Sometimes they change their spelling as well.

-ed, -er, -est, -ing

When adding one of these suffixes, there are three rules, with no exceptions.

After reading the rules, try adding the suffixes to the words provided.

Rule:

If the word ends with an “e,” take away the “e” before adding the suffix.

lie + ed =

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Rule:

If a word ends with a short vowel followed by a consonant, double the last consonant. A short vowel is one where the vowel does not sound like its name (e.g., the way “a” sounds in “apple”). If it does sound like its name, then it is a long vowel (e.g., the way “a” sounds in “ape”).

hop + ed =

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Rule:

If a word ends in “y,” change the “y” to an “i” before adding the suffix.

cry + ed =

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer


Plural rules

The plural of a word means that there’s more than one. Usually you change a word to its plural by adding “s.” But there are a lot of exceptions.

Pencil

Pencil

Coloured pencils

Pencils

Rule:

If a word ends in “ch,” “sh,” or “s,” add “es” instead of “s.”

bunch (plural) =

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Rule:

If a word ends in “f” or “fe,” change the “f” or “fe” to “ve” before adding “s.”/”

wife (plural) =

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Rule:

Some words have irregular plurals that you just have to remember.

child (plural) =

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer


Homonyms

Homonyms are words that sound the same but are spelled differently.

Clothes hanging from a rack

Like clothes…

Man closing a door

and close...

Usually you change a word to its plural by adding “s.”

But there are a lot of exceptions.

Here is another example of a homonym.

Question 1 of 1

Who is the head of your school?

Principle

Principal

Submitquestion 1

Another way to keep homonyms straight is to remember their meanings and look for similar patterns. That will help you with three of the most common sets of homonyms:

“Its” and “it’s”

“Its” means “belonging to it.”

  • Mary had a little lamb. Its fleece was white as snow.

“It’s” is short for “it is.”

  • It’s a beautiful day in the neighbourhood.

The next pair of homonyms follows the same pattern. Select the proper match for each sentence.

“Your” and “You’re”

Question 1I hear that ________ happy.select:youryou're

Question 2It looks like ________ team won.select:youryou're

Submit

There are three homonyms in the next group. Select the proper match for each sentence.

“They’re,” “Their,” and “There”

  • Think of they’re as they are.
  • Think of there as the opposite of here.
  • So their must mean belonging to them.

Question 1I went to ________ concert.select:they'retheirthere

Question 2Is it here? No, it's ________.select:they'retheirthere

Question 3don't know what ________ doing.select:they'retheirthere

Submit

Using spelling resources

When your parents were in school and didn’t know how to spell a word, they were told to look it up in the dictionary. That provided a lot of material for stand-up comedians, who wondered how you could possibly find a word like “pneumonia” if you didn’t know to look under “p.”

Fortunately, today we have much better tools to help us spell correctly.

Most online dictionaries will try to guess the word you want: type in “neumonia” and they’ll ask you if you meant “pneumonia.”

Dictionary page

To practise using an online dictionary, find one using a search engine and use it to find the correct spellings of this list of words. Type your answers into the text boxes and then click the button to check if you were right.

Check your rough draft now for spelling mistakes.

sychology
the study of the mind

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

nesesary
needed

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

definat
certain

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

which
a magic user

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

foren
from another country

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

seperate
apart

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

maintainance
the act of maintaining

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

playwrite
a person who writes plays

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

wether
sun or rain

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

mispell
to spell wrongly

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Punctuation

Comma

Semicolons

Check your rough draft now for mistakes with commas, periods, and semicolons.

Apostrophes

Double quotations

Indirect quotations

Check your rough draft now for mistakes with apostrophes and quotation marks.

Colons

Parentheses

Dashes

Ellipses

Check your rough draft now for mistakes with these other forms of punctuation.

Now, take this punctuation quiz. Select whether each of these sentences is punctuated correctly or incorrectly. If the item is correctly punctuated, select True. If it is incorrectly punctuated, select False.

Question 1 of 9

I want to buy the blue sports car, but its too expensive.

True

False

Submitquestion 1

 

Next question

Editing for content

Once you’ve corrected grammar, spelling, and punctuation in your essay, your next task is to improve the writing itself. Sometimes it can be hard to think of what to change when there doesn’t seem to be anything wrong with the essay.

There is an introduction, supporting paragraphs, and a conclusion.

The spelling and grammar look pretty reasonable.

So what else can you do to improve your writing?

Think again about the before and after pictures of the living room. If we were to look at the before picture, we might have suggested moving a few pieces into different locations. We might have thought that there were too many pillows or accessories. We might have thought that some items just didn’t quite fit in with the image.

The same is true of writing.

Let’s try revising the sample draft opinion essay from the last learning activity.

This is the learning activity 1.4 draft essay.

Draft Essay

The first step in editing is to decide what needs changing. Use this checklist of tasks to help you.

Checklist for editing – Revision suggestions

  1. Title of the essay
    • Is there a title?
    • Is the title 5-7 words long?
    • Does it grab the reader’s attention?
    • Does it indicate the writer’s opinion on the topic?
  2. Statement of opinion
    • Is the opinion stated? Is it consistent and clear?
  3. Introduction
    • Does the introduction state the points that the essay will develop?
    • Look over the body of the essay. Did the writer remember to include and expand on all the points from the introduction?
  4. Topic sentences
    • Did the writer indicate which point the paragraph would argue?
  5. Concluding statements
    • Did the writer remember to conclude each paragraph with a closing comment?
  6. Punctuation
    • Did the writer use correct punctuation everywhere?
  7. Specific words
    • Did the writer use specific words to help get the point across? For example, the word “think” might be replaced with “consider” or “contemplate” to more accurately explain what the writer is trying to say.
  8. Word variety
    • Did the writer use a variety of words or synonyms to make the essay more engaging? Using the same word more than 3 or 4 times makes the writing too repetitive and boring to read.
  9. Supporting details
    • Did the writer include enough information and examples to make sure the points were clear?
  10. Order of paragraphs
    • Did the writer remember to keep the weakest supporting paragraph tucked away, in the middle of the essay? This helps to keep the argument stronger throughout the paper.

In the old days, people would edit their essays by making marks on the paper.

Some people still prefer to work with a paper and pencil, but today we have other options.

Look at this marked-up version of the learning activity 1.4 essay.

Seeing all those marks can be a bit overwhelming, but if we deal with one item at a time, we can revise an essay in no time.

Marked-up version of the Learning activity 4 essay with additional punctuation and words highlighted

Have a look at the revised essay.

Revised Essay

Consolidation

Assessment of Learning: Teacher-marked

Revising your essay

You are a quarter of the way through this course. This is an Assessment of Learning, which is used to evaluate your work based on established criteria and to assign a mark. Your teacher will provide you with feedback and a mark. This Assessment of Learning is worth 12% of your final mark for the course.

Now that you’ve seen how to edit and revise a sample essay, it’s time to write a five-paragraph opinion essay, from start to finish.

There are six tasks in this Assessment of Learning.

 

Task 1: Select an essay question

Select an opinion from one of the following questions and write an opinion essay. Brainstorm ideas and questions that you have about the topic. Save your brainstorming work so that you can submit it.

  • Are arranged marriages good or bad?
  • Should the government place a tax on smoking?
  • Are actors and professional athletes paid too much?
  • Should students have to wear uniforms or have a dress code?
  • Are we too dependent on our “devices”?

 

Task 2: Choose your sources

Find three credible website sources with information about your topic. Create a document and save the website addresses for those sites in the document. For each source, explain why it is credible.                

 

Task 3: Prepare a comparison chart

 Prepare a chart showing three ideas for the Yes argument and three ideas for the No argument.

Choose the side you want to argue on, and write the rough draft of a five-paragraph opinion essay.


Task 4: Write your rough draft

Edit and proofread. Correct spelling, and make sure that you have not copied and pasted any words from any other sources. Every sentence must be your own!


Task 5: Revise/finalize your essay

Place all your documents in one file, name it “learning activity 1.5 Assessment of Learning,” and submit your work. Save the file to your Portfolio too! Call the file “learning activity 1.5 Portfolio Item.”

 

Task 6: Submit the assessment

The submitted file should have:

  • Brainstorming about a topic
  • Three credible sources and an explanation of why they are credible
  • A chart showing three Yes and No ideas
  • A rough edited draft of your five-paragraph opinion essay
  • A final copy of your five-paragraph opinion essay

 

Feedback and marking

You will receive three kinds of feedback:

  • Your teacher will highlight the phrases in the rubric that best describe your assignment to show you how you have done.
  • Your teacher will also provide you with detailed comments about the strengths of your assignment, the areas of the assignment that need improvement, and the steps you should take before submitting another assignment like this one.
  • The final piece of feedback that you will receive will be your mark. Each of the four categories of knowledge and skills is weighted equally at 25 marks, making a total of 100 marks. The final mark on this Assessment of Learning is determined by your teacher based on their professional judgement of the requirements for the assignment.

Rubric

Pay careful attention to the “Learning Activity 1.5: Assessment of Learning rubric. (Opens in new window)” Your teacher will use it to assess your work. You should refer to it too, so you’ll know exactly what your finished assignment should look like.

Submission

This is your Unit 1 assessment for feedback and a grade. This assessment is worth 12% of your course grade.

The teacher will assess your work using the rubric. Before submitting your assessment, review the rubric to ensure that you are meeting the success criteria to the best of your ability.

When you are ready, submit your assessment for feedback and a grade by selecting the “Assignment” link and follow the submission directions.

 

  • MPA Online Journal log revised 2.
  • Learning Activity OLC 1.5a rubric for summative
  • HANDOUT OLC 1.5a rubric.
  • earning Activity Unit 1 Assessment of Learning (OLC).

Unit 2 2022/12/12

Course is provided through open source at the following link:

Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

Unit 2: 

5 Lessons

2.1   Inferring and summarizing

2.2   Exploring the news

2.3   Get your story right

2.4   Writing information paragraphs

2.5   Putting it all together

Course is provided through open source at the following link:

Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

Unit 2: 

5 Lessons

Indicate Topic Title / brief Description

Approximate Time

Spec. Expec. optional)

TOPIC:  2.1   Inferring and summarizing

5

TOPIC:  2.2   Exploring the news

5

TOPIC: 2.3   Get your story right

4

TOPIC: 2.4   Writing information paragraphs

4

TOPIC:  2.5   Putting it all together

5

TOPIC: Unit Summative (Test or TASK) 

3

 

26 hours

Lesson 2.1

Lesson 2.1 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

2.1   Inferring and summarizing

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 2.1: Inferring and summarizing

Learning goals

We are learning to:

  • earn about inferences and summaries
  • practise making inferences and summaries with different types of text
  • apply the skills of inferring and summarizing to your own development as a reader

 

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

What does it mean to infer?

To infer means to draw conclusions based on fact and prior knowledge. Although you may have some ideas based on what you think you know, sometimes events may not be what they seem. Examine each of the following images. Based on the clues and evidence that are provided and your background knowledge, infer what has occurred.

What do you think is happening in these images? Fill in the chart below each image, based on your inferences.

Man in car getting speeding ticket written by police officer

 

 

Based on my own knowledge and prior experience, I think that..

 


Two puppies sitting on the floor of a house with dirt spilled everywherehttps://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4oa_6.2.3.jpg

 

Based on my own knowledge and prior experience, I think that..


 Man snoring while sleeping with woman covering her ears in same bedhttps://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4oa_6.2.5.jpg

 

Based on my own knowledge and prior experience, I think that..

 

 

 

Student Answer

 

 

One reason I think so is…

Student Answer

 

A second reason I think so is…

Student Answer

 

 

 

 

How do people make inferences?

Next, you’re going to read something in print. Some of the information about what is happening has been left out. Examine the passage and think about what inferences you could make about the text.

For each of these sentences, choose the correct verb by matching it to the tense of the bolded verb in the sentence.

She slips $20 to the man in the booth. He slides her two tickets and $5. She smiles and he asks if she needs glasses. The man she is with nods. He finds them seats and leaves to get some snacks.

What can you infer about what is happening?

Based on my own knowledge and prior experience, I think that..

Student Answer

Reason 1:

Student Answer

Reason 2:

Student Answer

Now, examine the passage again.

She slips $20 to the man in the booth. He slides her two tickets and $5. She smiles and he asks if she needs glasses. The man she is with nods. He finds them seats and leaves to get some snacks.

Which portions of the passage caused some confusion? Do some pieces of evidence help to clarify the information? Did you use the 5 Ws and 1 H (who, what, where, when, why, and how) to help you to infer?

Using specific evidence from the text, what inferences can you make? Enter your responses in the spaces provided. Suggested answers have been included.

She slips $20 to the man in the booth.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

She is paying for something. She could be at a drive-thru, a ticket booth, or a parking lot.

 

 

 

 

 

The man she is with nods.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Is the man nodding because he is “in” on something with the ticket seller? Or is he just indicating that they will need glasses?

 

 

He finds them seats and leaves to get some snacks.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

They need to find seats so it’s not likely a booked event like a theatre show, concert, or opera. You might get snacks at a game, concert, movie, or fair. Is it one of those events?

Inferring is sometimes called reading between the lines. Can you see why?

 

Inferring is sometimes called reading between the lines. Can you see why?

Action

Summarizing: Alike or different?

What have you figured out so far?

  • Well, when you infer, you consider the information you have and you try to fill in what’s missing.

So, what do you do when you summarize?

  • With summarizing, you take all of the facts and information that are provided and narrow them down to just the important points.

But, whether you are inferring or summarizing, you are looking for important details to make sense of what you are seeing, hearing, or reading.

Record how inferences and summaries are alike and different. In a Venn diagram like this one, put the things that are the same in the overlapping centre. Put the things that are different in the two outer circles.

For each of these sentences, choose the correct verb by matching it to the tense of the bolded verb in the sentence.

Venn diagram with first circle reading “Inference”, the middle part reading “Similarities”, and the last circle reading “Summary

Venn diagram with first circle reading “Inference”, the middle part reading “Similarities”, and the last circle reading “Summary

Okay, so let’s take a look at that passage again. If we consider the details we selected from inferring, we see how creating a summary can be similar.

 

 

Venn diagram with answers filled in

You’ve considered how inferring and summarizing are used to examine information in different ways. You can likely see that who you are and what your experiences have been can influence how much you are able to understand. For example, what if you had never been to a movie theatre and you didn’t know about 3-D glasses? What might you have guessed the text was about? What if you weren’t familiar with the currency of dollars? Would you have considered this ticket price expensive or inexpensive?

You’ve considered how inferring and summarizing are used to examine information in different ways. You can likely see that who you are and what your experiences have been can influence how much you are able to understand. For example, what if you had never been to a movie theatre and you didn’t know about 3-D glasses? What might you have guessed the text was about? What if you weren’t familiar with the currency of dollars? Would you have considered this ticket price expensive or inexpensive?

How much of your personal experiences influence what you see and understand? Jot down a few ideas while your ideas are still fresh. You will need these ideas for your Logbook entry at the end of the learning activity.

Inference

Who: man and woman

Where: purchase something

When: earlier

Where: at an event

Why: for entertainment

How: by paying for entry and snacks

I would infer that they are on a date and are seeing a 3-D movie. I would infer that they seem happy and relxed being there.

Based on my experience, it seems that it is likely a couple is on a date at a 3-D movie.

Passage

She slips $20 to the man in the booth. He slides her two tickets and $5. She smiles and he asks if she needs glasses. The man she is with nods. He finds them seats and leaves to get some snacks.

 So, what makes these strategies similar? How are they different?

Summary

Who: man and woman

Where: purchasing tickets

When: earlier

Where: at an event

Why: for entertainment

How: by paying for entry and snacks

I would summarize that a mand and a woman attended an event that costs $7.50 per person. She paid for entry to the event and after he found them seats, he bought them snacks.

In my summary, I can only add the facts that are really there in the passage. I can’t include any other personal ideas because it may change the facts about what is really happening.

Summarizing a textbook page

How you summarize a page of text might be different, depending on the page length or style of writing used. How would you summarize a chapter in a textbook? This is an important skill to have, when you are taking courses that use textbooks

  • You might take short notes.
  • You could use the titles and subtitles of the textbook to help you.
  • And you might answer the 5 Ws and 1 H (who, what, when, where, why, and how) to help you.

Give it a try.

 

Practice #1

Look at how the first textbook page on “Mad Cow Disease(Opens in new window)” is laid out.

Just use the first two paragraphs on prions to answer these questions in full sentences.

 

  1. Write down all the words that are shown in colour, in the body portion of the text.

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

 

prions (two different colours) and PrP

 

  1. Now read each section attached to one of these coloured headings or words. After you read a section ask yourself: What is important to know about…? Answer your own question, aloud. Now write down your question and your answer.

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

What is important to know about prions? Prions are tiny infectious particles of protein

  1. Now ask yourself why they are important. Write down your question and your answer

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

Why are prions important? Prions are important because they cause the creation of more prions, which can lead to an infectious disease.

  1. Now ask yourself: Where are they found? Write down your question and your answer.

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

Where are prions found? Prions are found in the brain.

  1. Now ask yourself: Who figured this out? Write down your question and your answer.

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

Who figured this out? An American scientist named Stanley Prusiner figured this out.

  1. Now ask yourself: When did he figure this out? Write down your question and your answer

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

When did he figure this out? He figured this out in 1922.

  1. Now ask yourself: How do prions spread disease? Write down your question and your answer.

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

How do prions spread disease? When meat infected with prions is cooked, the prions can’t be killed off by the heat, so the disease is spread when people eat the infected meat.

 

 

 

 

Do you see how you have used the 5 Ws and 1 H to summarize two paragraphs of a textbook page?

Take your short answers to each of the questions and use them to make your summary.

Like this:

Prions are tiny infectious particles of protein found in the brain. They can cause the creation of more prions, which can lead to an infectious disease. An American scientist named Stanley Prusiner figured this out in 1972. Prions spread disease because they can’t be killed off by cooking, so when someone eats infected meat, they get infected too.

Summaries must be in your own words.

Let me say that again: You must write your summary in your own words.

Why? Because doing anything else is considered to be plagiarism.

How long should a summary be?

Here is a good rule of thumb: However many sentences it takes to briefly answer each of the questions who, what, when, where, why, and how, is how long your summary should be.

Practice #2

Now try it again. Answer these questions using only the second subheading of the previous textbook page in your downloaded document on mad cow disease.

 

  1. What is important to know about mad cow disease?

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

It can kill you, and you get it from eating infected meat.

  1. Why does it happen?

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

Prions infect animal tissue. People eat the meat.

  1. Where was it found?

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

It has been found in Britain, the United States, and Canada.

  1. Who figured this out?

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

British authorities figured out that it was possible for humans to get mad cow disease from eating beef that had been fed with feed made from animal tissues infected with BSE.

  1. When did they figure this out?

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

There was an epidemic in Britain in 1996, and discoveries of infected cattle were made in the U.S. and Canada in 2002.

  1. How was it stopped?

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

Health authorities banned the use of cattle tissue in cattle feed.

 

 

Practice #3

Here is another textbook page. Use the skills you have just learned to write a summary of Absolute Advantage between Individuals. Use the 5 Ws and 1 H to help you create a summary.

Absolute Advantage between Individuals

Consider the following situation.

Graham and Manuel are neighbours. Graham is very good at solving home electrical problems. In one hour, he can fix a malfunctioning electrical outlet. Manuel is very good at doing income tax returns. He can complete one tax return in an hour. One Saturday in April, Manuel tries to fix an electrical outlet that’s not working. First, he does research on the Internet. Then, he tries several solutions, but nothing works. Nine hours pass before he finally stumbles upon a solution and manages to get his electrical outlet working again.

Man working on an electrical outlet in a residential wallhttps://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4oa_6.7.1a.jpg

Meanwhile, next door, Graham is struggling to complete his income tax return. There are a dozen forms to fill out, and each one seems to make less sense than the one before. Graham looks for help on the Internet but comes away more confused than ever. Finally, after nine hours, he fills in the last line on the last form and wearily heads off to bed.

Man sitting on a couch with bills in his hands in front of a laptophttps://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4oa_6.7.1b.jpg

In this situation, Graham has an absolute advantage over Manuel in doing electrical work. He could have solved Manuel’s problem in only one hour. On the other hand, Manuel has an absolute advantage over Graham in doing income tax returns. He could have completed Graham’s return in a fraction of the time it took Graham to do so.

How could both Graham and Manuel accomplish more, with greater efficiency, on this Saturday?

Manuel could pay Graham $50 to come over and fix his electrical problem in an hour. Then Manuel would have the whole day to work on other tasks. Graham could pay Manuel $50 to come over and complete his income taxes in an hour. Then Graham would have the whole day to work on other tasks.

The two payments of $50 would cancel each other out, and Manuel and Graham would each gain eight hours of valuable time. Both Manuel and Graham would benefit from specialization (in electrical work or income tax preparation) and from trade (exchanging one skill for another skill). The same principle used in the case of Manuel and Graham can be applied to economic regions and countries.

 

 

  1. Record the answers to the 5 Ws and 1 H in full sentences.

Student Answer

 

  1. Did you include all the key information? Did you leave out unimportant or repeated information? To decide if your summary is detailed enough, imagine your teacher is about to give you a pop quiz. Your friend didn’t have time to do the homework reading. Would your summary be enough to help your friend pass the quiz?

Student Answer

 

 

Did you include all the key information? Did you leave out unimportant or repeated information? To decide if your summary is detailed enough, imagine your teacher is about to give you a pop quiz. Your friend didn’t have time to do the homework reading. Would your summary be enough to help your friend pass the quiz?

Summarizing a news article

A news article has some features that are similar to those found in a story and other features that are similar to those found on a textbook page. Can you think what they are?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

News articles and stories both have a set of events that happened in a certain order. Newspapers and textbook pages both have headlines or titles and subtitles.

 

Read the following news article about how Canada Post treats the media and residential customers differently.

The Fixer: Canada Post fast-tracks graffiti removal for media, but not for customers

 

Published on Sunday May 27, 2012
Jack Lakey
Staff Reporter

Canada Post moves like a rocket to fix a problem, but only if you know who to call.

An email came in last week from Ruth Lucas, expressing frustration over her inability to get Canada Post to remove graffiti from her community mailbox on Dakin Dr. in Ajax.

“I have tried talking to the post office (and) actually went to the depot and spoke to a supervisor, with no result,” said Lucas.

“It’s impossible to file a complaint by phone. I have tried and tried.”

The letters “FDP” were spray-painted across the front of the mailbox, which may offend folks on Dakin, but isn’t nearly as bad as the graffiti on other postal boxes.

After checking it out, we called Eugene Knapic, who deals with media for Canada Post, on his cellphone and interrupted his dinner to report it.

Knapic said he could get a work order started right away if we sent him an email, which we fired off at 7:09 p.m. Thursday, along with a photo.

He replied at 10:10 p.m. – three hours after our email to him – saying the graffiti had been removed.

Whoever said the post office delivers snail mail wasn’t talking about its ability to quickly resolve an irritating local problem. It was truly impressive.

But it left us wondering why it isn’t as easy for Canada Post’s customers to report a problem.

We visited the Canada Post website and found tips on tracking mail, postal rates, products and services – including collector stamps and coins for sale – and a guide to parcel preparation, among other things.

Nowhere could we find a “report a problem” link. Under “contact us,” an obscure link at the bottom of the home page, we discovered a postal security category, where we clicked on “about security and investigations.”

It revealed a phone number – 1-800-267-1177 – which can be called to report “mail at risk or damage/vandalism to Canada Post property and equipment.”

Shouldn’t that number be at the top of Canada Post’s home page, along with a report a problem link, and stencilled on every mailbox it owns?

And if we were the head mailman, employees would be encouraged to report graffiti and vandalism, and a process created to make it easy for them.

What’s broken in your neighbourhood? Wherever you are in Greater Toronto, we want to know. To email us, go to www.thestar.com/thefixer and click on the submit a problem link. Or call us at 416-869-4823.

Reproduced with permission – Torstar Syndication Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Now, to summarize the facts, ask yourself the 5 Ws and 1 H.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. What is this news article about?

Student Answer  

 

  1. Who is involved?

Student Answer

  1. When did it happen?

Student Answer

  1. Why is it important?

Student Answer

  1. When did they figure this out?

Student Answer

  1. How is it being dealt with?

Student Answer

Now write a summary using your short answers to each of these questions.

Student Answer

Being a better reader

When you summarize or infer, you consider:

  • the purpose of what you have read
  • the content of what you have read
  • the format or structure (e.g., a textbook versus a news article) of what you have read

Inferring requires you to consider your previous knowledge and experience to help you understand the missing or confusing information. (For example: You’ve been to the movies, and this sounds like a trip to the movies.)

Summarizing requires you to consider which pieces of the information provided are the most important. (For example: How you can get mad cow disease is pretty important to know.)

Consolidation

Putting it all together

It’s all about adding more tools to your reader/writer toolkit!

Toolbox with tools in it

Notebook

 

Record your responses to these questions in your Notebook. Write your responses in full sentences. Call the file Learning activity 2.1 Notebook Entry.

  1. All written texts have particular formats or structures. Consider a blog, for example. How would the purpose of a blog affect how you would summarize it?
  2. To understand a magazine advertisement, do you need to infer? Explain.
  3. Does the structure of a text message require you to infer certain information? How so?
  4. If you needed to summarize a short story on teen pregnancy and then a pamphlet on teen pregnancy, how might the content of your two summaries be the same? How would the two summaries be different?
  5. If you were to read two lifestyle magazines, how could the cover help you infer who the audience is supposed to be?
  6. How much of your personal experiences influence what you understand and infer when reading? Explain.

Portfolio

 

For this Portfolio item you will read an online “micro-story.” A micro-story is a story that has less than 500 words.

Task 1:

Do a search on online micro-stories and several should come up. You might want to skim through a few, before you choose one to work with.

Task 2:

Copy and paste the URL for the website where you found the story into your Word document and then answer these micro-story questions.

Micro-story questions

  1. Summarize the micro-story in two sentences. Make sure that you use your own words.
  2. From what you have read in the micro-story, infer what you think will happen next.

Task 3:

Save this item in your Portfolio folder and call it Learning Activity 2.1 Portfolio Item.

Conclusion

In this learning activity you’ve learned the difference between summarizing and inferring. When you summarize, you pick out only the most important parts. When you infer, you use your own knowledge to make educated guesses about what hasn’t been written in the text.

Summarizing and inferring can help you become a better reader because they involve two different ways to think about what you’re reading, and the more you think about what you’re reading, the better you’ll understand it.

Continue to use summarizing and inferring throughout the course. Make sure that you understand how they are alike and how they are different. When you are asked to summarize a text, remember the 5 Ws and 1 H. When you are asked to infer, make sure that you use all the clues at your disposal. For now, it’s on to learning activity 2.2!

 

 

  • MPA Online Journal log revised 2.
  • olc4o_06_mad_cow_disease.
  • olc4o_06_mad_cow_disease

Lesson 2.3

Lesson 2.3 is provided at the following link:  Learning activity 2.3: Get your story right (ilc.org)

 

2.3   

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 2.3: Get your story right

 

Learning Goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • recognize that narrative writing comes in many forms
  • examine bias and how it shapes the way people respond
  • create a short narrative of your own

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

“Can you please explain your side of the story? Tell me, from your perspective, what really happened?”

This learning activity will focus on the narrative form of writing. You will see narratives written in a variety of formats, including poetry, essays, and short stories.

As you learn more about narratives, you will examine how bias helps to shape the way people see and respond to events. By the end of the learning activity you’ll be able create a short narrative of your own.

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.01.jpeg https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.01.jpeg

 

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

What is a narrative?

A narrative is writing that tells a story.

These stories can be written in the form of a poem, a song, or a short story. Narratives can be:

  • biographical, which means they tell a person’s life story;
  • historical, which means they tell the story of an event that happened in the past; and
  • fictional, which means that the story being told is made up – it didn’t really happen.

Do you know the story about the Berlin Wall being torn down? This was a real event in history. Therefore you would say that it is a historical narrative.

However, depending on who told you the story, you certainly would hear different things about it. Do a quick search on tearing down the Berlin Wall and see how many hits you get!

Crack in the Berlin Wall https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.02.jpeg

 

Narratives connect us

Narratives help people to connect, and to understand one another.

Have you ever heard the expression “walk a mile in my shoes”? Well, that is what a narrative tries to help you do…walk in someone else’s shoes. By “walking in their shoes,” you see things from their perspective.

Narratives help us to empathize with others. What does empathize mean? It means to relate, to feel another’s situation deeply, or to “walk a mile in another’s shoes.”

Children wearing adults’ shoes https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.03.jpeg

 

What else do narratives do?

  • Narratives take place at a particular time and place.
  • Narratives can be made up of true, personal events.
  • Narratives can be made up of fictitious or made-up events.
  • Narratives are told from a particular perspective, e.g., “I,” “We,” or “They.”

 

In my own words

Friends sitting around a campfire https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.04.jpeg

 

What is the best narrative that you have ever read or heard? Do you remember when and where you were when you read it or heard it? Was it around a campfire? Was it online?

Was it biographical, historical, or fictional?

Write what you remember of when and where you were when you read or heard the best narrative ever.

Student Answer

What’s in a narrative?

News articles and narratives are similar in that they both answer the 5 Ws and 1 H. In narratives, though, they are referred to as:

  • Setting (when and where)
  • Characters (who)
  • Plot (what, how)
  • Theme (why)

But the other way that a narrative is quite different from a news story is that the structure of a narrative is very different from that of a news report. As you have just learned, a news report uses the structure of an inverted pyramid to organize the content. But narratives use a different structure.

Narratives have a beginning, middle, and end.

The sequence of a narrative needs to make sense to the readers so that they can follow along and understand what is happening.

Timeline; Beginning, middle, tension rising, climax, end, denouement, crises at beginning, middle, between middle and end. https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.04.b.jpg

 

Take a look at the following panels from a comic strip called Sandra and Woo. Their order has been scrambled. Look for clues that will help you put the panels in the correct order. To do this, click and drag the panels from the comic strip into their correct order in the blank slots above them.

 

 

 

screengrab of unscrambling a comic strip activity

 

Comics

  • Raccoon says: Why do you study so hard for school? What for? Girl replies: To get a great job laterGirl says: To be able to work on interesting things and earn lots of money. Raccoon replies: What for?Girl says: to buy you a lifetime supply of fresh salmon. Raccoon exclaims!Raccoon says: Wow, look at the interesting tasks on this page! You should do them all!!

 

 

Press Enter here for an accessible version of Unscrambling a comic strip.(Opens in new window)

screengrab of unscrambling a comic strip activity screengrab of unscrambling a comic strip activity(Opens in a new window)Start(Opens in a new window)

How did you know which panel went first?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

It was the one with the question.

 

 

How did you determine the last panel?

Student Answer

 

 

Could the panels possibly have been arranged differently?

Student Answer

Now imagine that you’re looking at a narrative paragraph instead of a comic strip. If the sentences were scrambled, what clues would you use to determine the correct order?

Take a look at the following sentences. These belong to a narrative paragraph. See if you can place them in the correct order in the activity below. As you do, reflect on the clues that you used to organize the sentences.

We played a lot of music trivia and stayed out later than we planned.

I fed my dog and then got myself ready to visit with some friends.

I met my friends at a local pub around 9 o'clock.

By the time I arrived home last night it was around 6 o’clock.

Since it was still sunny and bright, I barbequed some chicken and vegetables and ate dinner on the patio.

Question 11.select:We played a lot of music trivia and stayed out later than we planned.I fed my dog and then got myself ready to visit with some friends.I met my friends at a local pub around 9 o'clock.By the time I arrived home last night it was around 6 o’clock.Since it was still sunny and bright, I barbequed some chicken and vegetables and ate dinner on the patio.

Question 22.select:We played a lot of music trivia and stayed out later than we planned.I fed my dog and then got myself ready to visit with some friends.I met my friends at a local pub around 9 o'clock.By the time I arrived home last night it was around 6 o’clock.Since it was still sunny and bright, I barbequed some chicken and vegetables and ate dinner on the patio.

Question 33.select:We played a lot of music trivia and stayed out later than we planned.I fed my dog and then got myself ready to visit with some friends.I met my friends at a local pub around 9 o'clock.By the time I arrived home last night it was around 6 o’clock.Since it was still sunny and bright, I barbequed some chicken and vegetables and ate dinner on the patio.

Question 44.select:We played a lot of music trivia and stayed out later than we planned.I fed my dog and then got myself ready to visit with some friends.I met my friends at a local pub around 9 o'clock.By the time I arrived home last night it was around 6 o’clock.Since it was still sunny and bright, I barbequed some chicken and vegetables and ate dinner on the patio.

Question 55.select:We played a lot of music trivia and stayed out later than we planned.I fed my dog and then got myself ready to visit with some friends.I met my friends at a local pub around 9 o'clock.By the time I arrived home last night it was around 6 o’clock.Since it was still sunny and bright, I barbequed some chicken and vegetables and ate dinner on the patio.

Submit

Which words helped you to organize the order of these sentences?

Student Answer

How does this information help you to understand how you would write a narrative?

Student Answer

 

 

 

What is a plot?

Question 1 of 1

Select the correct answer.

Making time for friends

Losing track of time

What I did last night

Live music and good times

Submitquestion 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The structure of a narrative

Every narrative has a plot. It doesn’t matter whether the narrative is a play, a poem, a story, a song, a graphic novel, or a comic strip. The narrative will have a beginning, a middle, and an end. However, this is a Grade 12 English course. So, that means you need to understand more complex terms for organizing a narrative than simply a beginning, middle, and end.

For example, by Grade 12, you need to be able to recognize these distinctive elements, which can be arranged in a plot development chart like this one. To view each of these elements, click on “Beginning,” “Middle,” and “End.”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

In a narrative, the 5Ws and 1H are usually presented here.

Graphic chart with time on the x axis and tension on the y axis. Tension in the beginning phase is low.

Introduction

This is where the characters, setting and premise of the story are introduced.

Time

The length of the narrative. Does it take place over an hour, a day, or several years?

Picture symbolizing generic character in the beginning phase. https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03_t1b.png

 

 

 

 

Middle

The section where most of the action takes place. The conflicts are presented and the tension increases.

Graphic chart with time on the x axis and tension on the y axis. Tension starts growing.

Rising action

Something happens to create a problem, or conflict, for the characters. As they try to resolve the conflict, other things happen. The tension begins to build.

Tension

The level of tension, or excitement. It peaks at the climax because the conflict is coming to a resolution.

Climax

The highest point of interest. It's the moment when the conflict is resolved, for better or for worse.

Picture symbolizing generic character in the middle phase. https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03_t2b.png

 

 

End

The conflict is resolved and the reader sees how the characters were affected.

Graphic chart with time on the x axis and tension on the y axis. Tension grows very quickly up to climax then low and stable in the conclusion phase.

Falling action

Once the conflict has been resolved, the tension quickly decreases as the story moves toward the conclusion.

Tension

The level of tension, or excitement. It peaks at the climax because the conflict is coming to a resolution.

Conclusion

Wraps up the story and answers the question, "How will the story end?"

Picture symbolizing generic character in the middle phase.

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03_t3b.png

 

 

 

Point of view

Consider the following scenario:

A child wanders into a neighbour’s back yard and is bitten by this dog. The fence and gate have “Beware of the Dog” signs on them. Because the child requires so many stitches, the family that owns the dog has been ordered to have the dog put down.

Sign that reads “Beware of the dog” with dog behind fence https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.07.jpeg

 

 

Who are the characters in this narrative?

Student Answer

Pretend to be the different characters in this narrative. Write two to three sentences for each character that tell their version of what happened.

The family who owned the dog

Student Answer

The child’s parents

Student Answer

The veterinarian who put the dog down

Student Answer

The dog

Student Answer

It’s clear. Narratives can be told from different points of view. Our point of view is our bias. We see things in a certain way…very often only in our way.

Let’s explore this idea a little further. For the following narratives, indicate whether they are told from a first person, omniscient, or third person limited point of view. Enter your responses in the spaces provided.

 

When someone asks me what business I am in, I am seized with embarrassment: I blush and stammer, I who am otherwise known as a man of poise.”

Source: The Laugher by Heinrich Boll

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

 

This is a first person point of view. The character uses “I” when telling the story. We only hear this character’s point of view or his/her side of the story.

 

 

Trisha was anxious to get started on her new job. Her older brother, Denver, was silently worrying about whether Trish could keep up with the job’s physical demands, but the whole family was delighted to discover that Trish wasn’t just keeping up, she was excelling at her new role. That is, until Nathan arrived.

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

 

This is an omniscient point of view. This narrator can get inside the heads of all the characters to tell everyone’s point of view.

 

“Barry cradled his father’s head in the crook of his left arm, so that the man could tilt back his head, exposing the throat. He brushed fresh lather under the chin and into the hollows alongside the stretched tendons. Barry was filled with unreasoning protective love. He lifted the razor and began to shave.”

Source: Shaving by Leslie Norris

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

 

This is a third person limited point of view. The narrator uses the pronouns “he” or “she” when telling the story. The narrator reveals only this character’s inner thoughts.

 

 

 

Putting it all together

As you read these narratives, record the following:

  • Setting – where and when
  • Characters – who
  • Plot – what happened
  • Theme – why and how

Narrative #1

By the time I arrived home last night it was around 6 o’clock. Since it was still sunny and bright, I barbequed some chicken and vegetables and ate dinner on the patio. After I cleaned up, I weeded in the vegetable garden for an hour while my dog dug holes behind me. I hosed off the dog and then got myself ready to visit with some friends. My friends arrived around 9 o’clock and we listened to music and relaxed on the patio, chatting for a bit. Suddenly, we heard one of our favourite songs and decided to head out and listen to some live music. It was only a couple of minutes before we went to a local club to listen to a band. The music and the crowd were great so we stayed out later than planned. We finally left for home around 2 o’clock in the morning.

Setting (When and where is the story taking place?)

Student Answer

Characters (Who is involved in the events?)

Student Answer

Plot (What is happening?)

Student Answer

Theme (Why did the author write the narrative?)

Student Answer

Would it be easier or more difficult to identify those same elements in a poem? Read the following poem and identify the elements of a narrative, just as you did with the previous paragraph.

Narrative #2

Sweet Dancer
by William Butler Yeats

The girl goes dancing there
On the leaf-sown, new-mown, smooth
Grass plot of the garden;
Escaped from bitter youth,
Escaped out of her crowd,
Or out of her black cloud.

Ah, dancer, ah, sweet dancer!
If strange men come from the house
To lead her away, do not say
That she is happy being crazy;
Lead them gently astray;
Let her finish her dance,
Let her finish her dance.
Ah, dancer, ah, sweet dancer!

Setting (When and where is the story taking place?)

Student Answer

Characters (Who is involved in the events?)

Student Answer

Plot (What is happening?)

Student Answer

Theme (Why did the author write the narrative?)

Student Answer

Try this again with a narrative taken from the beginning of a short story.

…Consider the case of Henry Pifield Rice, detective.

Try this again with a narrative taken from the beginning of a short story.

Narrative #3

Excerpt from the short story “Bill the Bloodhound”
by P.G. Wodehouse

I must explain Henry early, to avoid disappointment. If I simply said he was a detective, and let it go at that, I should be obtaining the reader’s interest under false pretenses. He was really only a sort of detective, a species of sleuth. At Stafford’s International Investigation Bureau, in the Strand, where he was employed, they did not require him to solve mysteries which had baffled the police. He had never measured a footprint in his life, and what he did not know about bloodstains would have filled a library. The sort of job they gave Henry was to stand outside a restaurant in the rain, and note what time someone inside left it. …

Henry lived in a boarding-house in Guildford Street. One day a new girl came to the boarding-house, and sat next to Henry at meals. Her name was Alice Weston. She was small and quiet, and rather pretty. They got on splendidly. Their conversation, at first confined to the weather and the moving-pictures, rapidly became more intimate. Henry was surprised to find that she was on the stage, in the chorus. …Alice Weston was different.

Setting (When and where is the story taking place?)

Student Answer

Characters (Who is involved in the events?)

Student Answer

Plot (What is happening?)

Student Answer

Theme (Why did the author write the narrative?)

Student Answer

You can see that narratives take many forms! But, with a little work, you can still determine some common elements.

Generating ideas for your narrative

It helps to brainstorm your ideas before you start to write. When you brainstorm, you think about all the details of your narrative. Will it be the names of characters? Will it be funny or sad? Will you tell a story as it happened or will you add or remove pieces? Will you change the names of characters? Will it be real or fictitious? What will be the turning point, or climax, in your narrative? Will you tell your narrative as a poem, essay, story, or paragraph? What do you want your readers to think when they read your narrative? Do you want them to reflect on something? Learn a learning activity? Be entertained or informed?

Brainstorming ideas is the place to begin.

Brainstorm ideas for a narrative based on these images. They all look like pretty ordinary pictures. How could you make the ordinary, extraordinary? In each text box, record an idea for a story using the image to get you started.

 

 

Special event, admit one ticket https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.09.jpg

Student Answer

Rock climbers climbing at dawn https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.09b.jpg

Student Answer

Soccer players with feet on soccer ball https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.09c.jpg

 

Student Answer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Using story beginnings

Sometimes ideas can come from a part of something else that you have read. Consider these story beginnings and see which one appeals to you the most.

 

A child stood on a street corner. He leaned one shoulder against a high board fence and swayed to and fro, while kicking carelessly at the gravel. Sunshine beat upon the cobbles, and a lazy summer wind raised yellow dust, which trailed in clouds down the avenue. Clattering trucks moved past. The child stood gazing dreamily. After a while, a little dark-brown dog with an intent air came trotting down the sidewalk. A short rope was dragging from its neck. Occasionally, the dog trod on the end of it and stumbled. He stopped opposite the child, and the two regarded each other.

Which one do you think has the most potential for a good narrative?

Student Answer

 

The wind roars up the avenue. Trees stoop and bend this way and that. Leaves fall and fly wildly in the rain. A flicker of light moves in the upstairs window. A candle burns in the empty house. Wandering through the hallways, opening windows, whispering in the darkness, a ghostly figure seeks company.

Which one do you think has the most potential for a good narrative?

Student Answer

 

Every morning I hoped to see her on the way to class. When I passed her dorm one morning and saw her leave, my heart leaped. In my hurry to follow her, I dropped my books and had to rush to keep up. Just as we came near the point at which our ways diverged, I quickened my pace and passed her. I wanted to speak to her, but couldn't think of anything to say. Just the thought of saying her name made my pulse race and my courage fail me.

Which one do you think has the most potential for a good narrative?

Student Answer

 

He was still looking at the weapon, and, raising the hammer, caught a glimpse of a cap gleaming beneath it like a tiny red flame. By good fortune or forgetfulness, the cap gun was still loaded. At the knowledge, he was filled with a strangely inexplicable sense of joy.

Which one do you think has the most potential for a good narrative?

Student Answer

 

 

 

Using images for story ideas

Sometimes it is a fleeting memory from a dream that becomes the inspiration for a story. These are art pieces created by some students based on their dreams. Look carefully: there is more to each image than meets the eye. Could you use these to write a story or a poem?

Think of one title for a narrative for each of these images.

Surreal self-portrait from a dream of a woman with birds flying out of her right ear and elephants marching on top of her head https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.10a.jpg

Student Answer

Surreal self-portrait from a dream of two men holding onto trees lying down beside a river https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.10b.jpg

Student Answer

Surreal self-portrait from a dream or a human and cat face cracked by vein like lines https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.10c.jpg

Student Answer

Surreal self-portrait from a dream of a shadow of a figure tossing hat in the air in front of a lake with a barren tree and leaves on the ground. https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.03.10d.jpg

Student Answer

Consolidation

Assessment for Learning: Peer evaluation

Narrative writing

You are almost halfway through this course. This is an Assessment for Learning, so no marks will be assigned; instead, the assessment will help you determine where you are in your learning, where you need to go, and how best to get there. For this Assessment for Learning, you will ask a friend or relative to give you feedback. There is no need for this person to be an expert on this subject.

There is one task in this Assessment for Learning.

Task: Creating a narrative from an image

  1. Choose one of the images shown in this learning activity.
  2. Brainstorm ideas for the plot of the story.
  3. Write a story (called a narrative) using the image to help you get started. The story should be 2–3 pages long.
  4. Proofread your story and correct it as necessary.
  5. When you are finished writing your narrative, write down what was easy and what was hard about writing it.
  6. Show all your work to a friend or relative and let them use the rubric on the next page to assess your work. They should also add comments in the comment boxes under the rubric.
  7. Take a screenshot of their feedback on the rubric and add this screenshot to the end of your story. Call the file “Learning Activity 2.3 Assessment for Learning.”

Rubric

Print this "Rubric(Opens in new window)” for your friend or relative to select the phrases that best describe your work.

Encourage your friend or relative to provide you with detailed comments about the strengths of your assignment, the areas of the assignment that need improvement, and the steps you should take before submitting another assignment like this one.

Once your friend or relative has completed the printed rubric, have them return it to you.

Knowledge & Understanding

Expectations

  • Demonstrate knowledge of the narrative form
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the writing process
Level 4
80-100%
Level 3
70-79%
Level 2
60-69%
Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Thinking

Success Criteria:

  • Use creative thinking skills in writing by developing ideas
  • Demonstrate self-assessment and awareness of writing skills
Level 4
80-100%
Level 3
70-79%
Level 2
60-69%
Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Communication

Success Criteria:

  • Communicate ideas clearly in writing
Level 4
80-100%
Level 3
70-79%
Level 2
60-69%
Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Application

Success Criteria:

  • Apply the use of language conventions including grammar, punctuation, and accurate spelling
  • Apply the writing process
Level 4
80-100%
Level 3
70-79%
Level 2
60-69%
Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

  • olc4o_02.03_rubric

Lesson 2.2

Lesson 2.2 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

2.2   Inferring and summarizing

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

Learning activity 2.2: Exploring the news

Learning Goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • examine the elements that make up a news story
  • determine what makes an item newsworthy
  • learn the inverted pyramid model of news stories
  • use the inverted pyramid model to brainstorm, draft, and write your own news article

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

So just what is it that makes news, news? In this learning activity, you’ll learn how to write a news article. Don’t worry – it’s not as hard as it sounds. News reporters use a writing model called the inverted pyramid to make their job easier. In this learning activity you’ll learn how to use it too.

You’ll also learn how reporters decide what news to report. Just because something happened doesn’t mean people will be interested and it certainly doesn’t mean that it is worthy to be called news!

Stacks of folded newspapers

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

Where do you find your news?

Consider, for a moment, all the places where you can find the news.

Do you know, for example, what these items are? They all deliver the news:

  • Skytracker
  • The Globe and Mail
  • Fluent News Reader
  • The New York Times
  • The Guardian
  • Twitter

Perform an online search using the terms “magazine newspaper apps ios android.” Your search should return an impressive number of results. Do you use any of these apps yourself?

Where might you look if you were trying to find out who won the game last night? Where would you look for the list of winning lottery numbers? How could you find out what is happening in celebrities’ lives?

Match the news source to the type of “news” that it delivers.

When you’re finished the activity, think about the following: When we say “news,” what do we really mean? Do all of the items from this activity actually qualify as news?

Question 1A company-owned websiteselect:The details of the federal budgetUpdates on an uprising in the Middle East from a citizen’s perspectiveWho a celebrity is dating nowWeather forecast for the next three daysScores from last night’s Toronto Maple Leafs hockey game

Question 2A mobile app like Skytrackerselect:The details of the federal budgetUpdates on an uprising in the Middle East from a citizen’s perspectiveWho a celebrity is dating nowWeather forecast for the next three daysScores from last night’s Toronto Maple Leafs hockey game

Question 3A Twitter feedselect:The details of the federal budgetUpdates on an uprising in the Middle East from a citizen’s perspectiveWho a celebrity is dating nowWeather forecast for the next three daysScores from last night’s Toronto Maple Leafs hockey game

Question 4A national newspaperselect:The details of the federal budgetUpdates on an uprising in the Middle East from a citizen’s perspectiveWho a celebrity is dating nowWeather forecast for the next three daysScores from last night’s Toronto Maple Leafs hockey game

Question 5An online blogselect:The details of the federal budgetUpdates on an uprising in the Middle East from a citizen’s perspectiveWho a celebrity is dating nowWeather forecast for the next three daysScores from last night’s Toronto Maple Leafs hockey game

Submit

 

What is news?

Journalists with microphones interviewing a man https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.02.jpeg

 

Why are there different sources of news?

Student Answer

What is news? How is it different from other information?

Why does the news matter? Watch this brief video clip from the Pulitzer Center for Crisis Reporting called “What is News?” and see if you can determine the answers to some of the questions that follow. Post your responses on the next page.

Play Video

Play

Mute

Loaded: 5.53%

Remaining Time -2:58

Display Transcript

Captions

Fullscreen

 

The white and blue ILC logo appears on the lower-right corner of the screen.

A black slate reads "The Pulitzer Center on Crisis Reporting Presents."

Nathalie Applewhite stands outside a big building. She is in her mid-thirties, with brown hair tied-up. She wears a blue and white shirt and earrings.

A caption reads "On location The Newseum (under construction). Washington DC."

Nathalie says HI,
I'M NATHALIE APPLEWHITE
FROM THE PULITZER CENTER
ON CRISIS REPORTING.
WE'VE BEEN THINKING
A LOT ABOUT HOW THE PUBLIC
UNDERSTANDS WHAT NEWS IS,
AND WE WANT TO KNOW
WHAT YOU THINK.
I MEAN, WHAT ACTUALLY
MAKES NEWS NEWS?
I ASKED A FEW JOURNALISTS
WHAT THEY THOUGHT.

The caption changes to "Ellen Lee. San Francisco Chronicle." Ellen is in her late twenties, with long black hair. She wears a black shirt.

Ellen says SO WHAT IS NEWS?
WELL, I THINK THAT ANYTHING
THAT'S INTERESTING IS NEWS.

The caption changes to "Jeffrey Sheban. Columbus Dispatch." He is in early forties, clean-shaven with short black hair. He wears glasses and a black shirt.

Jeffrey says ONE OF MY KIDS WHEN
SHE WAS REAL YOUNG SAID,
"DAD, I LIKE
THE KIND OF NEWS
"THAT TELLS YOU
WHAT'S HAPPENING."
AND I THINK IN
THE MOST BASIC SENSE,
WE'RE OUT THERE ON
THE FRONT LINES
TELLING PEOPLE
WHAT'S HAPPENING.

The caption changes to "Carroll Wilson. Times Record News, Wichita Falls, Texas." He is in his fifties, with a beard and graying hair. He wears glasses and a yellow polo-shirt.

Carroll says I THINK WITH THE ADVENT
OF THE WEB,
WHAT WE'VE SEEN IS
A DIMINISHMENT OF EMPHASIS ON
NEWS AS NEWS,
AND A RE-ARRANGEMENT
IN PEOPLE'S MINDS
ABOUT WHAT NEWS IS.
IT'S WITH THIS KIND OF
EQUIPMENT,
AND WITH THE WEB,
WITH EVERYTHING ELSE,
IT'S NOW ALL ABOUT ME.

The caption changes to "Julian Pecquet. Tallahassee Democrat." Julian is in his mid-thirties, clean-shaven with short black hair. He wears a light blue shirt.

Julian says I THINK IT'S VERY IMPORTANT
TO REALIZE
THAT WITHOUT PROFESSIONALS
REPORTING THE NEWS,
PEOPLE WHO ARE NOT
ADVERTISERS,
OR EVEN COMMUNITY PEOPLE
WHO MIGHT HAVE A SPIN,
OR MIGHT WANNA MAKE
SOMEBODY LOOK GOOD,
THEN THE PRODUCT THAT YOU GET
IS NO LONGER NEWS.

The caption changes to "Antigone Barton. The Palm Beach Post." She is in her fifties, with shoulder-length blond hair. She wears a black shirt, necklaces and glasses.

Antigone says I THINK NEWS IS
WHAT PEOPLE WANT TO KNOW
AND WHAT PEOPLE
NEED TO KNOW,
AND THEY DON'T ALWAYS APPEAR TO
BE THE SAME THING,
AND I THINK THAT THAT'S
WHEN IT'S OUR JOB
TO MAKE THE CONNECTION CLEAR.

The caption changes to "J.B. Smith. Waco Tribune Herald." He is in his early thirties, with a goatee and receding hair. He wears glasses and a beige polo-shirt.

J.B. says I THINK THAT THE NEWS MEDIA
HAS A WAY OF ACTUALLY
CHANGING THE DEFINITION
OF WHAT NEWS IS,
BECAUSE AS WE REPORT MORE,
WE KNOW MORE ABOUT EACH OTHER,
AND WE BECOME MORE INTERESTED
IN OTHER PARTS OF THE WORLD.

Back at the street, Nathalie says SOME SAY THE CENTRAL PURPOSE
OF JOURNALISM AS BEING
TO GIVE CITIZENS THE INFORMATION
THEY NEED TO FUNCTION
IN A DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY,
THAT THE NEWS MEDIA SHOULD BE
A WATCHDOG OF THOSE IN POWER,
AND THAT IT'S JOB IS
TO EXPOSE DECEIT
AND LET TRUTH EMERGE.
MANY PEOPLE BELIEVE THAT NEWS AS
INFORMATION IS A PUBLIC GOOD,
AND THAT U.S. BROADCASTERS
ARE EVEN MANDATED
TO SERVE THE
PUBLIC INTEREST.
BUT WHAT IS
THE PUBLIC INTEREST?

A clip shows people reading the newspaper in a public space.

Nathalie says MARK FOWLER,
FORMER HEAD OF
THE FEDERAL
COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION,
SAYS THAT WHAT'S IN
THE PUBLIC INTEREST
IS WHAT THE PUBLIC
IS INTERESTED IN.
WHICH, OF COURSE,
RAISES A FUNNY QUESTION.
I MEAN, HOW DO I KNOW
IF I'M INTERESTED IN SOMETHING
IF I DON'T KNOW ABOUT IT
IN THE FIRST PLACE?
IF WE LET THE NEWS BE DETERMINED
BY WHAT WILL BRING IN
THE MOST ADVERTISING DOLLARS,
IS IT STILL NEWS?
I MEAN, WHAT IS
THE REAL PURPOSE OF NEWS?
SO WHAT DO YOU THINK?
THE PULITZER CENTER
WOULD LIKE TO KNOW.
PLEASE SEND US YOUR VIDEO
RESPONSES,
AND WE'LL POST THEM
HERE ON YOUTUBE
AND ON OUR SITE AT
WWW.PULITZERCENTER.ORG.

The slate changes to "Special thanks to the International Center for Journalists (ICFJ) and the World Affairs Journalism Fellowships."

 

Based on what the journalists said, what do you think news is?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  • What people want to know and what they need to know
  • Information as a public good

What is the purpose of news?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  • To tell us what’s happening
  • To give citizens the information they need to function in a democratic society
  • To serve the public interest

 

Why should people be informed about what is going on in the world?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  • We know more about each other.
  • We become more interested in other parts of the world.

What should the news be?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  • A watchdog that keeps an eye on those in power
  • To expose deceit and let truth emerge

 

 

What makes an event newsworthy?

With so many places to locate and develop news items, it makes you wonder how reporters determine which events or stories are newsworthy. How does a reporter decide if people will find a story interesting? What criteria do they use to select a story so that they don’t spend their time writing an article that won’t be read?

Watch Rachel Zidon’s YouTube video “What Makes News News?” and see if you can determine the seven pillars that are used as a guide. You may want to take notes as you watch.

Play

Mute

Loaded: 27.69%

Remaining Time -2:53

Display Transcript

Captions

Fullscreen

 

The white and blue ILC logo appears on the lower-right corner of the screen.

A black slate reads "What Makes News News?. The Seven Pillars of News Writing. Rachel Zidon reports."

In off, Rachel says THIS IS RACHEL ZIDON
WITH A SPECIAL REPORT
ON THE SEVEN QUALITIES
THAT MAKE A STORY NEWSWORTHY.
THE FIRST QUALITY
IS TIMELINESS.
THE MORE RECENTLY
SOMETHING HAPPENED,
THE MORE RELEVANT
THE STORY IS.
SAY, FOR EXAMPLE,
MR. STICK FIGURE
CAME TO OUR SCHOOL
TO GIVE A SPEECH
ABOUT HOW AWESOME JOURNALISM
IS TODAY.
SINCE IT HAPPENED RECENTLY,
IT'S NEWSWORTHY.
HOWEVER, IF MR. STICK FIGURE
GAVE THE EXACT SAME SPEECH
FIVE MONTHS AGO,
THAT'S NOT NEWSWORTHY.
IT'S NOT RECENT ENOUGH
FOR PEOPLE TO BE INTERESTED.

On split screens, two drawings show the story told. Then, a red cross appears on one of them.

Now, a map of the United States appears.

She continues THE NEXT QUALITY
IS PROXIMITY.
BEING PSYCHICALLY NEAR TO A
STORY MAKES IT MORE INTERESTING.
A SOCCER GAME THAT'S HAPPENING
ON OUR SCHOOL SOCCER FIELD
IS NEWSWORTHY BECAUSE
IT'S HAPPENING CLOSE BY.
BUT IF THE EXACT SAME SOCCER
GAME TOOK PLACE IN TIMBUKTU,
OUR READERS WOULDN'T
REALLY CARE.
IT'S NOT CLOSE ENOUGH
TO BE NEWSWORTHY.

Against a black screen, a red pointed shape appears.

She continues THE THIRD QUALITY OF
NEWSWORTHINESS IS RARITY.
MY FIRST JOURNALISM PROFESSOR
HAD A TEST
FOR WHETHER A STORY
HAD THIS QUALITY.
IT HAD TO MAKE THE READER STOP
AND SAY, "GEE WHIZ."
FOR EXAMPLE,
A DOG BITING A MAN
WOULD PROBABLY NOT MAKE
A READER SAY, "GEE WHIZ,"
BECAUSE IT'S NOT
A VERY UNUSUAL EVENT.
HOWEVER,
IF A MAN BIT A DOG,
A READER WOULD PROBABLY
BE SURPRISED,
AND EXCLAIM, "GEE WHIZ."
UPON READING THE STORY.
THE FOURTH QUALITY OF
NEWSWORTHINESS IS PROMINENCE.

A picture of Barack Obama appears.

She continues MINOR THINGS BECOME
INTERESTING TO READERS
WHEN THEY HAPPEN
TO PROMINENT PEOPLE.
IF AVERAGE JOE FALLS FLAT ON
HIS FACE WALKING TO SCHOOL,
NO ONE IS REALLY INTERESTED.
BUT IF PRESIDENT STICK FIGURE
FALLS FLAT ON HIS FACE
WALKING OUT OF
THE WHITE HOUSE,
IT'S SUDDENLY NEWSWORTHY,
BECAUSE IT'S HAPPENING TO
A PROMINENT PERSON.
THE FIFTH QUALITY OF
NEWSWORTHINESS IS IMPACT.
BASICALLY, HOW A STORY
AFFECTS THE READER'S LIFE.

A slate shows a close-up shot of an element hitting a surface.

She continues IF OUR SCHOOL DECIDED TO CHANGE
ITS GRADING POLICY,
IT WOULD BE NEWSWORTHY
BECAUSE IT WOULD HAVE
A DIRECT IMPACT
ON OUR READER'S LIVES.
BUT IF A SCHOOL
IN AMHERST, TEXAS,
MADE IDENTICAL CHANGES TO
ITS GRADING POLICY,
OUR READERS WOULDN'T
BE INTERESTED,
BECAUSE IT DOESN'T AFFECT
THEIR LIVES AT ALL.
THE SIXTH QUALITY OF
NEWSWORTHINESS IS NOVELTY.

A picture shows a library.

She continues THIS BASICALLY MEANS
THE FIRST OR LAST TIME
AN EVENT TAKES PLACE.
FOR EXAMPLE, THE MAIDEN VOYAGE
OF THE OCEAN LINER
THE QUEEN ELIZABETH 2,
WAS NOVEL
BECAUSE IT WAS THE FIRST TIME
IT HAD EVER TAKEN PLACE.
HOWEVER, THE 571ST VOYAGE OF
THE QE2
IS NOT NOVEL,
AND THEREFORE
NOT NEWSWORTHY.
THE SEVENTH AND FINAL QUALITY
OF NEWSWORTHINESS
IS HUMAN INTEREST.
THIS IS WHERE YOU AS A WRITER
CAN EXPLORE VIRTUALLY ANY TOPIC,
AS LONG AS YOU CAN
MAKE IT INTERESTING
TO OTHER HUMAN
BEINGS.

A picture of a young woman looking away appears.

She continues YOU CAN WRITE ABOUT
THE CHALLENGES OF LIVING
WITH A DISABILITY,
OR PROFILE A YOUNG BALLERINA.
OR, YOU CAN FIND OUT
WHAT MAKES THE ICE CREAM
AT EVERYONE'S FAVOURITE SHOP
ON MAIN STREET SO DARN GOOD.
SKY'S THE LIMIT AS FAR
AS THESE STORIES GO.
SO THERE YOU HAVE IT,
THE SEVEN THINGS
THAT MAKE A STORY NEWSWORTHY.
REMEMBER TO ADDRESS
THESE CATEGORIES AS YOU
RESEARCH AND WRITE STORIES,
AND HAVE FUN WITH IT.
THIS IS RACHEL ZIDON,
SIGNING OFF FOR ETD NEWS.

The end credits roll.

 

Did you find all seven items? What were they? List them in the space provided below.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

1. Timeliness

2. Proximity

3. Rarity

4. Prominence

5. Impact

6. Novelty

7. Human Interest

 

Now that you know the seven pillars that determine the newsworthiness of an event, try the following activity.

Match each news headline to the correct pillar.

Question 1Timelinessselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 2Proximityselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 3Rarityselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 4Prominenceselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 5Impactselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 6Noveltyselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 7Human interestselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Submit

 

The inverted pyramid

A reporter builds a report around the 5 Ws and 1 H (who, what, when, where, why, and how) because these are the questions that people will want answered. The reporter uses this information in the early part of the report to generate interest and then expands on those details as the report progresses. An inverted pyramid framework looks like the following graph.

 

During the civil war in the United States, people had no telephone, television, or Internet to help keep them informed about the battles being fought. The only way they could find out who was winning was to read the newspapers. At that time, newspaper articles were written chronologically. This meant that readers would only find out who was winning the civil war right at the end of the article. Since newspapers had to place advertisements, space for articles was limited. As a result, the most important part of an article would often end up being cut off. This caused problems, because people would start reading an article, only to find that the most important information – who was winning the war – was missing. This gave birth to newspapers adopting the “inverted pyramid” structure, where all the important information was placed at the beginning of the news story. In that way, if anything got cut off at the bottom, it wouldn’t matter.

When you create a news article, you don’t actually make an upside down triangle, but the content is definitely shaped that way!

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.06.svg

 

 

Reporters influence readers’ interest

Reporters use the inverted pyramid to keep the reader interested. But it is also their job to make sure that the news story provides answers to the 5 Ws and 1 H. And they put these details at the beginning of the story to grab the reader’s interest.

On June 15th, 2012, Nik Wallenda successfully walked across Niagara Falls on a tightrope. In the days and weeks leading up to the event, the news media built interest in the crossing by reporting on some of the dangers that Wallenda would face.

Try to locate the 5 Ws and 1 H in this Toronto Star article about tightrope walker Nik Wallenda.

Tightrope walker Nik Wallenda may face falcon attack on Niagara Falls crossing

Tightrope walker Nik Wallenda may face falcon attack on Niagara Falls crossing

Published on Wednesday May 23, 2012
Valerie Hauch
Staff Reporter

Could a Flying Wallenda meet a flying falcon?

There’s a “good possibility” a pair of nesting falcons at Niagara Falls could attack daredevil high-wire walker Nik Wallenda as he attempts a crossing over the famous waterway on June 15, say Mark and Marion Nash, spokespeople for the Canadian Peregrine Foundation.

Wallenda, a seventh-generation member of the circus and daredevil performers known as the Great Wallendas and the Flying Wallendas, will be crossing right through a major flight path used by the falcons, said Marion Nash.

The pair nest in the gorge of a decommissioned Ontario Power Generation plant, she said, and they will have babies in the nest, though it will be too early for them to be flying.

However, peregrine falcons — a species at risk in Canada — are “very protective” and it’s possible they could attack Wallenda as he crosses, she said.

“They go 360 kilometres an hour — he could get a 2-pound missile attacking at the back of his neck,” said Marion Nash, who was attending the banding of four fuzzy, peregrine falcon babies who nest on a 43rd floor ledge of the downtown Sheraton Centre Hotel with their parents.

The Niagara Falls peregrines “may take huge offence — they’ll be patrolling their air space,” said Mark Nash, adding it’s also possible the pair may not feel threatened. “Who knows what will happen?”

The Nashes say they alerted Natural Resources ministry staff about the dangers of a possible attack and suggested that Wallenda put off the crossing until September.

But the tightrope crossing is going ahead.

Wallenda recently reluctantly agreed to a safety tether being attached to the tightrope going across the Falls, at the insistence of ABC television which is producing a three-hour special about the event.

There was no response to a Star request for comment from Wallenda’s manager, Winston Simone.

Meanwhile, on the ledge of the Sheraton, all is well in the local falcon world.

The adult pair, Tiago (male) and Rea May (female), which have nested at the site for about seven years, have four healthy babies, two males and two females, ranging in age from 19 to 24 days.

Through a small hatch in the wall, the babies were plucked from the ledge by a Natural Resources ministry biologist and examined, weighed and banded, before being put back. Bursts of fierce squawking were interrupted only by volunteers on hand squirting water in their beaks to keep them hydrated.

They are expected to start flying around the age of 40 days. The early days of flight are risky, said Marion Nash, because the chicks are still pudgy and their flight muscles are not fully developed. Volunteer “fledge watchers’’ keep a close eye on them in case a rescue is needed.

The Canadian Peregrine Foundation is a registered charity dedicated to the restoration and recovery of endangered and threatened birds of prey in Canada.

Reproduced with permission - Torstar Syndication Services

 

 

What are the 5 Ws and 1 H in this article?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Who – Nik Wallenda

What – May face falcon attack

When – During his tightrope walk

Where – Niagara Falls

Why – Because he will come too close to the nesting area

How – 2 lb. falcon would attack at a speed of 360 km/h

 

 

 

How well did the reporter grab your interest? Did she make you want to watch Wallenda’s walk? You’re in luck: you can find it on YouTube by searching for “Nik Wallenda Niagara Falls.”

 

Writing a news article

If you were a reporter, you would be there to get the answers to the /5 Ws and 1 H first-hand. But since you aren’t a fully-fledged news reporter yet, you will use an image for your information. You will need to infer what has happened based on what you see in the image. You inferred in learning activity 2, when you saw an image of a woman looking at the wreckage of her house. You inferred information that you read in learning activity 6 when you reviewed the passage about the movies. To get the information for your news article, you will need to develop your 5 Ws and 1 H by inferring what is occurring in the following pictures.

Look at these pictures and headlines. You will choose one of them to write your article.

Pause Carousel

Carousel content with 4 slides.

A carousel is a rotating set of images, rotation stops on keyboard focus on carousel tab controls or hovering the mouse pointer over images. Use the tabs or the previous and next buttons to change the displayed slide.

  1. Slide 1: Student car wash raises money for team

 

  1. Slide 2: Students create community garden for low-income families

 

  1. Slide 3: School highlights global warming

 

  1. Slide 4: Pet therapy project good for seniors

Two young female soccer players hold signs that read “Car Wash”

 

Student car wash raises money for team

Ready to write? Terrific! Follow these instructions:

  1. Choose one image and its headline, and type the headline you’ve chosen into the first line of the text box below.
  2. Then, brainstorm answers to the 5 Ws and 1 H questions.
  3. Don’t worry about the order for now, but remember to write in complete sentences.

 

Two young female soccer players hold signs that read “Car Wash” https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.08a.jpeg

Student car wash raises money for team

Students planting flowers in garden https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.08b.jpeg

Students create community garden for low-income families

Students sitting in circle talking https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.08c.jpeg

School highlights global warming

Senior holding a small dog to her face https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.08d.jpeg

Pet therapy project good for seniors    

Choose one image and its headline.

Student Answer

Article opening line – Create an opening sentence for your article.

Student Answer

Who – (Who are the people involved? Are these people part of a group?)

Student Answer

What – (What did these people do? What inspired them to get involved? What do they hope to achieve?)

Student Answer

When – (When did this event take place? When did they start? When will the event /be over?)

Student Answer

Where – (Where did this take place?)

Student Answer

Why – (Why were these people participating in this activity? Why did the event need to take place?)

Student Answer

How – (How does this event help people? How can the community get involved, if they wish to? How have people reacted to the event?)

Student Answer

 

Consolidation

 

Logbook entry

 

Today, there is a lot that passes for news that isn’t really news. And sometimes, it’s difficult to tell whether a news item has actually been based on facts.

  • If the format looks like news, does that make it news?
  • Provide an example of something you read or watched that you thought was news, but wasn’t.
  • Where do you get your news?
  • If you were a reporter, what types of events would you enjoy writing about?

Answer these questions now in full sentences. Save this file as Learning Activity 2.2 Logbook Entry in your Logbook folder.

 

Portfolio

 

Read the section called "What is news?(Opens in new window)" (pages 18 and 19) from Chapter 2 of Inside Reporting (2nd edition) by Tim Harrower.

After reading this section, write down what you think Mr. Harrower’s main ideas are concerning what constitutes “news”.

Save your list as Learning Activity 2.2 Portfolio Item in your Portfolio folder.

 

 

Lesson 2.2 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

2.2   Inferring and summarizing

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

Learning activity 2.2: Exploring the news

Learning Goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • examine the elements that make up a news story
  • determine what makes an item newsworthy
  • learn the inverted pyramid model of news stories
  • use the inverted pyramid model to brainstorm, draft, and write your own news article

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

So just what is it that makes news, news? In this learning activity, you’ll learn how to write a news article. Don’t worry – it’s not as hard as it sounds. News reporters use a writing model called the inverted pyramid to make their job easier. In this learning activity you’ll learn how to use it too.

You’ll also learn how reporters decide what news to report. Just because something happened doesn’t mean people will be interested and it certainly doesn’t mean that it is worthy to be called news!

Stacks of folded newspapers

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

Where do you find your news?

Consider, for a moment, all the places where you can find the news.

Do you know, for example, what these items are? They all deliver the news:

  • Skytracker
  • The Globe and Mail
  • Fluent News Reader
  • The New York Times
  • The Guardian
  • Twitter

Perform an online search using the terms “magazine newspaper apps ios android.” Your search should return an impressive number of results. Do you use any of these apps yourself?

Where might you look if you were trying to find out who won the game last night? Where would you look for the list of winning lottery numbers? How could you find out what is happening in celebrities’ lives?

Match the news source to the type of “news” that it delivers.

When you’re finished the activity, think about the following: When we say “news,” what do we really mean? Do all of the items from this activity actually qualify as news?

Question 1A company-owned websiteselect:The details of the federal budgetUpdates on an uprising in the Middle East from a citizen’s perspectiveWho a celebrity is dating nowWeather forecast for the next three daysScores from last night’s Toronto Maple Leafs hockey game

Question 2A mobile app like Skytrackerselect:The details of the federal budgetUpdates on an uprising in the Middle East from a citizen’s perspectiveWho a celebrity is dating nowWeather forecast for the next three daysScores from last night’s Toronto Maple Leafs hockey game

Question 3A Twitter feedselect:The details of the federal budgetUpdates on an uprising in the Middle East from a citizen’s perspectiveWho a celebrity is dating nowWeather forecast for the next three daysScores from last night’s Toronto Maple Leafs hockey game

Question 4A national newspaperselect:The details of the federal budgetUpdates on an uprising in the Middle East from a citizen’s perspectiveWho a celebrity is dating nowWeather forecast for the next three daysScores from last night’s Toronto Maple Leafs hockey game

Question 5An online blogselect:The details of the federal budgetUpdates on an uprising in the Middle East from a citizen’s perspectiveWho a celebrity is dating nowWeather forecast for the next three daysScores from last night’s Toronto Maple Leafs hockey game

Submit

 

What is news?

Journalists with microphones interviewing a man https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.02.jpeg

 

Why are there different sources of news?

Student Answer

What is news? How is it different from other information?

Why does the news matter? Watch this brief video clip from the Pulitzer Center for Crisis Reporting called “What is News?” and see if you can determine the answers to some of the questions that follow. Post your responses on the next page.

Play Video

Play

Mute

Loaded: 5.53%

Remaining Time -2:58

Display Transcript

Captions

Fullscreen

 

The white and blue ILC logo appears on the lower-right corner of the screen.

A black slate reads "The Pulitzer Center on Crisis Reporting Presents."

Nathalie Applewhite stands outside a big building. She is in her mid-thirties, with brown hair tied-up. She wears a blue and white shirt and earrings.

A caption reads "On location The Newseum (under construction). Washington DC."

Nathalie says HI,
I'M NATHALIE APPLEWHITE
FROM THE PULITZER CENTER
ON CRISIS REPORTING.
WE'VE BEEN THINKING
A LOT ABOUT HOW THE PUBLIC
UNDERSTANDS WHAT NEWS IS,
AND WE WANT TO KNOW
WHAT YOU THINK.
I MEAN, WHAT ACTUALLY
MAKES NEWS NEWS?
I ASKED A FEW JOURNALISTS
WHAT THEY THOUGHT.

The caption changes to "Ellen Lee. San Francisco Chronicle." Ellen is in her late twenties, with long black hair. She wears a black shirt.

Ellen says SO WHAT IS NEWS?
WELL, I THINK THAT ANYTHING
THAT'S INTERESTING IS NEWS.

The caption changes to "Jeffrey Sheban. Columbus Dispatch." He is in early forties, clean-shaven with short black hair. He wears glasses and a black shirt.

Jeffrey says ONE OF MY KIDS WHEN
SHE WAS REAL YOUNG SAID,
"DAD, I LIKE
THE KIND OF NEWS
"THAT TELLS YOU
WHAT'S HAPPENING."
AND I THINK IN
THE MOST BASIC SENSE,
WE'RE OUT THERE ON
THE FRONT LINES
TELLING PEOPLE
WHAT'S HAPPENING.

The caption changes to "Carroll Wilson. Times Record News, Wichita Falls, Texas." He is in his fifties, with a beard and graying hair. He wears glasses and a yellow polo-shirt.

Carroll says I THINK WITH THE ADVENT
OF THE WEB,
WHAT WE'VE SEEN IS
A DIMINISHMENT OF EMPHASIS ON
NEWS AS NEWS,
AND A RE-ARRANGEMENT
IN PEOPLE'S MINDS
ABOUT WHAT NEWS IS.
IT'S WITH THIS KIND OF
EQUIPMENT,
AND WITH THE WEB,
WITH EVERYTHING ELSE,
IT'S NOW ALL ABOUT ME.

The caption changes to "Julian Pecquet. Tallahassee Democrat." Julian is in his mid-thirties, clean-shaven with short black hair. He wears a light blue shirt.

Julian says I THINK IT'S VERY IMPORTANT
TO REALIZE
THAT WITHOUT PROFESSIONALS
REPORTING THE NEWS,
PEOPLE WHO ARE NOT
ADVERTISERS,
OR EVEN COMMUNITY PEOPLE
WHO MIGHT HAVE A SPIN,
OR MIGHT WANNA MAKE
SOMEBODY LOOK GOOD,
THEN THE PRODUCT THAT YOU GET
IS NO LONGER NEWS.

The caption changes to "Antigone Barton. The Palm Beach Post." She is in her fifties, with shoulder-length blond hair. She wears a black shirt, necklaces and glasses.

Antigone says I THINK NEWS IS
WHAT PEOPLE WANT TO KNOW
AND WHAT PEOPLE
NEED TO KNOW,
AND THEY DON'T ALWAYS APPEAR TO
BE THE SAME THING,
AND I THINK THAT THAT'S
WHEN IT'S OUR JOB
TO MAKE THE CONNECTION CLEAR.

The caption changes to "J.B. Smith. Waco Tribune Herald." He is in his early thirties, with a goatee and receding hair. He wears glasses and a beige polo-shirt.

J.B. says I THINK THAT THE NEWS MEDIA
HAS A WAY OF ACTUALLY
CHANGING THE DEFINITION
OF WHAT NEWS IS,
BECAUSE AS WE REPORT MORE,
WE KNOW MORE ABOUT EACH OTHER,
AND WE BECOME MORE INTERESTED
IN OTHER PARTS OF THE WORLD.

Back at the street, Nathalie says SOME SAY THE CENTRAL PURPOSE
OF JOURNALISM AS BEING
TO GIVE CITIZENS THE INFORMATION
THEY NEED TO FUNCTION
IN A DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY,
THAT THE NEWS MEDIA SHOULD BE
A WATCHDOG OF THOSE IN POWER,
AND THAT IT'S JOB IS
TO EXPOSE DECEIT
AND LET TRUTH EMERGE.
MANY PEOPLE BELIEVE THAT NEWS AS
INFORMATION IS A PUBLIC GOOD,
AND THAT U.S. BROADCASTERS
ARE EVEN MANDATED
TO SERVE THE
PUBLIC INTEREST.
BUT WHAT IS
THE PUBLIC INTEREST?

A clip shows people reading the newspaper in a public space.

Nathalie says MARK FOWLER,
FORMER HEAD OF
THE FEDERAL
COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION,
SAYS THAT WHAT'S IN
THE PUBLIC INTEREST
IS WHAT THE PUBLIC
IS INTERESTED IN.
WHICH, OF COURSE,
RAISES A FUNNY QUESTION.
I MEAN, HOW DO I KNOW
IF I'M INTERESTED IN SOMETHING
IF I DON'T KNOW ABOUT IT
IN THE FIRST PLACE?
IF WE LET THE NEWS BE DETERMINED
BY WHAT WILL BRING IN
THE MOST ADVERTISING DOLLARS,
IS IT STILL NEWS?
I MEAN, WHAT IS
THE REAL PURPOSE OF NEWS?
SO WHAT DO YOU THINK?
THE PULITZER CENTER
WOULD LIKE TO KNOW.
PLEASE SEND US YOUR VIDEO
RESPONSES,
AND WE'LL POST THEM
HERE ON YOUTUBE
AND ON OUR SITE AT
WWW.PULITZERCENTER.ORG.

The slate changes to "Special thanks to the International Center for Journalists (ICFJ) and the World Affairs Journalism Fellowships."

 

Based on what the journalists said, what do you think news is?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  • What people want to know and what they need to know
  • Information as a public good

What is the purpose of news?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  • To tell us what’s happening
  • To give citizens the information they need to function in a democratic society
  • To serve the public interest

 

Why should people be informed about what is going on in the world?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  • We know more about each other.
  • We become more interested in other parts of the world.

What should the news be?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  • A watchdog that keeps an eye on those in power
  • To expose deceit and let truth emerge

 

 

What makes an event newsworthy?

With so many places to locate and develop news items, it makes you wonder how reporters determine which events or stories are newsworthy. How does a reporter decide if people will find a story interesting? What criteria do they use to select a story so that they don’t spend their time writing an article that won’t be read?

Watch Rachel Zidon’s YouTube video “What Makes News News?” and see if you can determine the seven pillars that are used as a guide. You may want to take notes as you watch.

Play

Mute

Loaded: 27.69%

Remaining Time -2:53

Display Transcript

Captions

Fullscreen

 

The white and blue ILC logo appears on the lower-right corner of the screen.

A black slate reads "What Makes News News?. The Seven Pillars of News Writing. Rachel Zidon reports."

In off, Rachel says THIS IS RACHEL ZIDON
WITH A SPECIAL REPORT
ON THE SEVEN QUALITIES
THAT MAKE A STORY NEWSWORTHY.
THE FIRST QUALITY
IS TIMELINESS.
THE MORE RECENTLY
SOMETHING HAPPENED,
THE MORE RELEVANT
THE STORY IS.
SAY, FOR EXAMPLE,
MR. STICK FIGURE
CAME TO OUR SCHOOL
TO GIVE A SPEECH
ABOUT HOW AWESOME JOURNALISM
IS TODAY.
SINCE IT HAPPENED RECENTLY,
IT'S NEWSWORTHY.
HOWEVER, IF MR. STICK FIGURE
GAVE THE EXACT SAME SPEECH
FIVE MONTHS AGO,
THAT'S NOT NEWSWORTHY.
IT'S NOT RECENT ENOUGH
FOR PEOPLE TO BE INTERESTED.

On split screens, two drawings show the story told. Then, a red cross appears on one of them.

Now, a map of the United States appears.

She continues THE NEXT QUALITY
IS PROXIMITY.
BEING PSYCHICALLY NEAR TO A
STORY MAKES IT MORE INTERESTING.
A SOCCER GAME THAT'S HAPPENING
ON OUR SCHOOL SOCCER FIELD
IS NEWSWORTHY BECAUSE
IT'S HAPPENING CLOSE BY.
BUT IF THE EXACT SAME SOCCER
GAME TOOK PLACE IN TIMBUKTU,
OUR READERS WOULDN'T
REALLY CARE.
IT'S NOT CLOSE ENOUGH
TO BE NEWSWORTHY.

Against a black screen, a red pointed shape appears.

She continues THE THIRD QUALITY OF
NEWSWORTHINESS IS RARITY.
MY FIRST JOURNALISM PROFESSOR
HAD A TEST
FOR WHETHER A STORY
HAD THIS QUALITY.
IT HAD TO MAKE THE READER STOP
AND SAY, "GEE WHIZ."
FOR EXAMPLE,
A DOG BITING A MAN
WOULD PROBABLY NOT MAKE
A READER SAY, "GEE WHIZ,"
BECAUSE IT'S NOT
A VERY UNUSUAL EVENT.
HOWEVER,
IF A MAN BIT A DOG,
A READER WOULD PROBABLY
BE SURPRISED,
AND EXCLAIM, "GEE WHIZ."
UPON READING THE STORY.
THE FOURTH QUALITY OF
NEWSWORTHINESS IS PROMINENCE.

A picture of Barack Obama appears.

She continues MINOR THINGS BECOME
INTERESTING TO READERS
WHEN THEY HAPPEN
TO PROMINENT PEOPLE.
IF AVERAGE JOE FALLS FLAT ON
HIS FACE WALKING TO SCHOOL,
NO ONE IS REALLY INTERESTED.
BUT IF PRESIDENT STICK FIGURE
FALLS FLAT ON HIS FACE
WALKING OUT OF
THE WHITE HOUSE,
IT'S SUDDENLY NEWSWORTHY,
BECAUSE IT'S HAPPENING TO
A PROMINENT PERSON.
THE FIFTH QUALITY OF
NEWSWORTHINESS IS IMPACT.
BASICALLY, HOW A STORY
AFFECTS THE READER'S LIFE.

A slate shows a close-up shot of an element hitting a surface.

She continues IF OUR SCHOOL DECIDED TO CHANGE
ITS GRADING POLICY,
IT WOULD BE NEWSWORTHY
BECAUSE IT WOULD HAVE
A DIRECT IMPACT
ON OUR READER'S LIVES.
BUT IF A SCHOOL
IN AMHERST, TEXAS,
MADE IDENTICAL CHANGES TO
ITS GRADING POLICY,
OUR READERS WOULDN'T
BE INTERESTED,
BECAUSE IT DOESN'T AFFECT
THEIR LIVES AT ALL.
THE SIXTH QUALITY OF
NEWSWORTHINESS IS NOVELTY.

A picture shows a library.

She continues THIS BASICALLY MEANS
THE FIRST OR LAST TIME
AN EVENT TAKES PLACE.
FOR EXAMPLE, THE MAIDEN VOYAGE
OF THE OCEAN LINER
THE QUEEN ELIZABETH 2,
WAS NOVEL
BECAUSE IT WAS THE FIRST TIME
IT HAD EVER TAKEN PLACE.
HOWEVER, THE 571ST VOYAGE OF
THE QE2
IS NOT NOVEL,
AND THEREFORE
NOT NEWSWORTHY.
THE SEVENTH AND FINAL QUALITY
OF NEWSWORTHINESS
IS HUMAN INTEREST.
THIS IS WHERE YOU AS A WRITER
CAN EXPLORE VIRTUALLY ANY TOPIC,
AS LONG AS YOU CAN
MAKE IT INTERESTING
TO OTHER HUMAN
BEINGS.

A picture of a young woman looking away appears.

She continues YOU CAN WRITE ABOUT
THE CHALLENGES OF LIVING
WITH A DISABILITY,
OR PROFILE A YOUNG BALLERINA.
OR, YOU CAN FIND OUT
WHAT MAKES THE ICE CREAM
AT EVERYONE'S FAVOURITE SHOP
ON MAIN STREET SO DARN GOOD.
SKY'S THE LIMIT AS FAR
AS THESE STORIES GO.
SO THERE YOU HAVE IT,
THE SEVEN THINGS
THAT MAKE A STORY NEWSWORTHY.
REMEMBER TO ADDRESS
THESE CATEGORIES AS YOU
RESEARCH AND WRITE STORIES,
AND HAVE FUN WITH IT.
THIS IS RACHEL ZIDON,
SIGNING OFF FOR ETD NEWS.

The end credits roll.

 

Did you find all seven items? What were they? List them in the space provided below.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

1. Timeliness

2. Proximity

3. Rarity

4. Prominence

5. Impact

6. Novelty

7. Human Interest

 

Now that you know the seven pillars that determine the newsworthiness of an event, try the following activity.

Match each news headline to the correct pillar.

Question 1Timelinessselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 2Proximityselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 3Rarityselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 4Prominenceselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 5Impactselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 6Noveltyselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Question 7Human interestselect:How to Succeed in Life and LoveWoman in France Gives Birth to OctupletsRoyals Announce Kate Gives Birth to a SonLeafs Win the CupLocal Boy Wins Prime Minister’s AwardFirst Teen-Only Space Launch SetStock Market Crash Worries Many

Submit

 

The inverted pyramid

A reporter builds a report around the 5 Ws and 1 H (who, what, when, where, why, and how) because these are the questions that people will want answered. The reporter uses this information in the early part of the report to generate interest and then expands on those details as the report progresses. An inverted pyramid framework looks like the following graph.

 

During the civil war in the United States, people had no telephone, television, or Internet to help keep them informed about the battles being fought. The only way they could find out who was winning was to read the newspapers. At that time, newspaper articles were written chronologically. This meant that readers would only find out who was winning the civil war right at the end of the article. Since newspapers had to place advertisements, space for articles was limited. As a result, the most important part of an article would often end up being cut off. This caused problems, because people would start reading an article, only to find that the most important information – who was winning the war – was missing. This gave birth to newspapers adopting the “inverted pyramid” structure, where all the important information was placed at the beginning of the news story. In that way, if anything got cut off at the bottom, it wouldn’t matter.

When you create a news article, you don’t actually make an upside down triangle, but the content is definitely shaped that way!

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.06.svg

 

 

Reporters influence readers’ interest

Reporters use the inverted pyramid to keep the reader interested. But it is also their job to make sure that the news story provides answers to the 5 Ws and 1 H. And they put these details at the beginning of the story to grab the reader’s interest.

On June 15th, 2012, Nik Wallenda successfully walked across Niagara Falls on a tightrope. In the days and weeks leading up to the event, the news media built interest in the crossing by reporting on some of the dangers that Wallenda would face.

Try to locate the 5 Ws and 1 H in this Toronto Star article about tightrope walker Nik Wallenda.

Tightrope walker Nik Wallenda may face falcon attack on Niagara Falls crossing

Tightrope walker Nik Wallenda may face falcon attack on Niagara Falls crossing

Published on Wednesday May 23, 2012
Valerie Hauch
Staff Reporter

Could a Flying Wallenda meet a flying falcon?

There’s a “good possibility” a pair of nesting falcons at Niagara Falls could attack daredevil high-wire walker Nik Wallenda as he attempts a crossing over the famous waterway on June 15, say Mark and Marion Nash, spokespeople for the Canadian Peregrine Foundation.

Wallenda, a seventh-generation member of the circus and daredevil performers known as the Great Wallendas and the Flying Wallendas, will be crossing right through a major flight path used by the falcons, said Marion Nash.

The pair nest in the gorge of a decommissioned Ontario Power Generation plant, she said, and they will have babies in the nest, though it will be too early for them to be flying.

However, peregrine falcons — a species at risk in Canada — are “very protective” and it’s possible they could attack Wallenda as he crosses, she said.

“They go 360 kilometres an hour — he could get a 2-pound missile attacking at the back of his neck,” said Marion Nash, who was attending the banding of four fuzzy, peregrine falcon babies who nest on a 43rd floor ledge of the downtown Sheraton Centre Hotel with their parents.

The Niagara Falls peregrines “may take huge offence — they’ll be patrolling their air space,” said Mark Nash, adding it’s also possible the pair may not feel threatened. “Who knows what will happen?”

The Nashes say they alerted Natural Resources ministry staff about the dangers of a possible attack and suggested that Wallenda put off the crossing until September.

But the tightrope crossing is going ahead.

Wallenda recently reluctantly agreed to a safety tether being attached to the tightrope going across the Falls, at the insistence of ABC television which is producing a three-hour special about the event.

There was no response to a Star request for comment from Wallenda’s manager, Winston Simone.

Meanwhile, on the ledge of the Sheraton, all is well in the local falcon world.

The adult pair, Tiago (male) and Rea May (female), which have nested at the site for about seven years, have four healthy babies, two males and two females, ranging in age from 19 to 24 days.

Through a small hatch in the wall, the babies were plucked from the ledge by a Natural Resources ministry biologist and examined, weighed and banded, before being put back. Bursts of fierce squawking were interrupted only by volunteers on hand squirting water in their beaks to keep them hydrated.

They are expected to start flying around the age of 40 days. The early days of flight are risky, said Marion Nash, because the chicks are still pudgy and their flight muscles are not fully developed. Volunteer “fledge watchers’’ keep a close eye on them in case a rescue is needed.

The Canadian Peregrine Foundation is a registered charity dedicated to the restoration and recovery of endangered and threatened birds of prey in Canada.

Reproduced with permission - Torstar Syndication Services

 

 

What are the 5 Ws and 1 H in this article?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Who – Nik Wallenda

What – May face falcon attack

When – During his tightrope walk

Where – Niagara Falls

Why – Because he will come too close to the nesting area

How – 2 lb. falcon would attack at a speed of 360 km/h

 

 

 

How well did the reporter grab your interest? Did she make you want to watch Wallenda’s walk? You’re in luck: you can find it on YouTube by searching for “Nik Wallenda Niagara Falls.”

 

Writing a news article

If you were a reporter, you would be there to get the answers to the /5 Ws and 1 H first-hand. But since you aren’t a fully-fledged news reporter yet, you will use an image for your information. You will need to infer what has happened based on what you see in the image. You inferred in learning activity 2, when you saw an image of a woman looking at the wreckage of her house. You inferred information that you read in learning activity 6 when you reviewed the passage about the movies. To get the information for your news article, you will need to develop your 5 Ws and 1 H by inferring what is occurring in the following pictures.

Look at these pictures and headlines. You will choose one of them to write your article.

Pause Carousel

Carousel content with 4 slides.

A carousel is a rotating set of images, rotation stops on keyboard focus on carousel tab controls or hovering the mouse pointer over images. Use the tabs or the previous and next buttons to change the displayed slide.

  1. Slide 1: Student car wash raises money for team

 

  1. Slide 2: Students create community garden for low-income families

 

  1. Slide 3: School highlights global warming

 

  1. Slide 4: Pet therapy project good for seniors

Two young female soccer players hold signs that read “Car Wash”

 

Student car wash raises money for team

Ready to write? Terrific! Follow these instructions:

  1. Choose one image and its headline, and type the headline you’ve chosen into the first line of the text box below.
  2. Then, brainstorm answers to the 5 Ws and 1 H questions.
  3. Don’t worry about the order for now, but remember to write in complete sentences.

 

Two young female soccer players hold signs that read “Car Wash” https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.08a.jpeg

Student car wash raises money for team

Students planting flowers in garden https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.08b.jpeg

Students create community garden for low-income families

Students sitting in circle talking https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.08c.jpeg

School highlights global warming

Senior holding a small dog to her face https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.02.08d.jpeg

Pet therapy project good for seniors    

Choose one image and its headline.

Student Answer

Article opening line – Create an opening sentence for your article.

Student Answer

Who – (Who are the people involved? Are these people part of a group?)

Student Answer

What – (What did these people do? What inspired them to get involved? What do they hope to achieve?)

Student Answer

When – (When did this event take place? When did they start? When will the event /be over?)

Student Answer

Where – (Where did this take place?)

Student Answer

Why – (Why were these people participating in this activity? Why did the event need to take place?)

Student Answer

How – (How does this event help people? How can the community get involved, if they wish to? How have people reacted to the event?)

Student Answer

 

Consolidation

 

Logbook entry

 

Today, there is a lot that passes for news that isn’t really news. And sometimes, it’s difficult to tell whether a news item has actually been based on facts.

  • If the format looks like news, does that make it news?
  • Provide an example of something you read or watched that you thought was news, but wasn’t.
  • Where do you get your news?
  • If you were a reporter, what types of events would you enjoy writing about?

Answer these questions now in full sentences. Save this file as Learning Activity 2.2 Logbook Entry in your Logbook folder.

 

Portfolio

 

Read the section called "What is news?(Opens in new window)" (pages 18 and 19) from Chapter 2 of Inside Reporting (2nd edition) by Tim Harrower.

After reading this section, write down what you think Mr. Harrower’s main ideas are concerning what constitutes “news”.

Save your list as Learning Activity 2.2 Portfolio Item in your Portfolio folder.

 

 

 

  • olc4o_02.02_what_is_news
  • Learning Activity 2.2z

Lesson 2.4

Learning activity 2.4: Writing information paragraphs

 

Learning goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • brainstorm ideas and questions to guide your research
  • find sources of information
  • gather credible information about your subject
  • learn how to correctly cite your sources
  • plan and write your information paragraph
  • self-assess your paragraph

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

In this learning activity you’ll learn how to write an information essay.

Like a narrative or an opinion essay, an information essay tells the readers about a topic, item, or event. Unlike those forms of writing, the writer has to keep out bias and personal opinion. An information essay contains only facts about a subject.

Before you write, you need to do research to find those facts. Then, when you write the essay, you have to tell the reader where you found your information. That’s called citing your sources, and it’s one of the most important skills for a student to learn.

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

Where do I begin my research?

Before you can write an information essay, you have to find information to put in it. Even if you think you know a lot about your topic, you still have to do research. Why? Two reasons:

  1. By including information from different sources, you give the reader confidence that the information is accurate.
  2. By doing research, you might learn something about your topic that even you didn’t know before!

Imagine that you’ve been assigned to write an information paragraph about Napoleon Bonaparte.

If you’re like me, you probably don’t know much more about him than his name and a few other things:

  • He was the leader of France a long time ago.
  • He was short.
  • His last battle was called the Battle of Waterloo.

Painting of Napoleon Bonaparte https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.04.02a.jpeg

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obviously, you’ll need more information to write your paragraph, but where should you look for it? Which sources you choose will depend on the likelihood of finding information there.

There are many possible sources of information that you could use, such as TV documentaries, interviews, textbooks, information guides, and newspapers. In the 21st century, though, the biggest source is also the easiest to use: the Internet.

You could begin your research on Napoleon by doing a quick Internet search. You will probably find lots of information. That’s good and bad! You will have lots of reliable information: that’s good. You will have lots of unreliable information: that’s bad.

The best way to begin is to brainstorm things that you want to find out about Napoleon:

  • Why is he famous?
  • How did he become the leader of France?
  • Was he married?
  • How did he die?

A mountain of books https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.04.02b.jpeg

 

Once you have an idea of what you want to find out, it’s time to start searching the Internet. Whatever search engine you use, Wikipedia will probably be near the top of the results list.

Wikipedia is an encyclopedia that anyone can edit. Some teachers will tell you never to use Wikipedia because it’s a source that is constantly changing. Although you shouldn’t cite it as a source for your research, Wikipedia may help to give you a quick overview of your topic.

Questions and answers signpost reading Who, What, Where, When, Why, How, Questions, and Answers https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.04.02c.jpeg

 

 

 

 

 

Use Wikipedia’s entry on Napoleon to find answers to these research questions:

Why is he famous?

Student Answer

 

Did he go to university?

Student Answer

 

Was his family involved in politics?

Student Answer

 

 

 

How did he become the leader of France?

Student Answer

 

Was he married?

Student Answer

 

How did he die?

Student Answer

 

 

 

 

Using credible sources

That’s what Wikipedia says about Napoleon, but can you really trust the information? Remember: Wikipedia is a website that anyone can edit. So, how do you make sure the content is accurate and reliable? How do you know which sites to trust if you don’t know anything about the material in the first place?

Gavel on open books https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.04.03.jpeg

 

 

 

There are two ways to determine if a piece of information is accurate:

  • The information is provided by a credible source. “Credible” is a word that means “believable.” A credible source is one that you can trust to give you accurate information. Reputable sites such as encyclopedias, museum sites, or links with “edu” as part of their web address are more likely to be credible sources.
  • The same piece of information is provided by several independent sources. Independent sources have no connection to each other.

You are now going to do an activity to determine which source has accurate information about Napoleon Bonaparte. Go to your web browser to the Google search engine and find the following Napoleon Bonaparte pages. All of them give basic information about Napoleon, but one of them shouldn’t be used as a source in your essay. Which one is it, and why shouldn’t you use it?

  1. BBC History
  2. Facebook
  3. Sacklunch.net
  4. Encyclopedia Britannica

Student Answer

Show Suggested Answer

If you chose “Facebook” as your answer, you are correct. Did you see the note at the bottom of the page? The site’s information is copied from Wikipedia. That means that this source isn’t independent or credible!

 

 

Finding information

Once you have determined which sites are trustworthy, you can start collecting information for your essay.

There are many sites on the Internet that provide excellent content about Napoleon, but don’t even think about copying the content into a Word document and submitting it as an assignment! That’s called plagiarism, and not only could your teacher use anti-plagiarism software to catch you easily, but you would receive a grade of zero and possibly face further penalties for academic dishonesty. But you already know that, don’t you!

“I will not do it again” written repeatedly on a chalkboard

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.04.04.jpeg

 

You must present the information in your own words and tell the reader where you found it. The way to do that is to go through your sources and pick out only the information you need, and keep notes on each source so that you can cite it properly in your essay. A good way to pick out important information is to highlight it. Here’s what you could have highlighted in the first paragraph:

The Highlighted textPeninsular War began in 1808.End highlight Costly Highlighted textFrench defeatsEnd highlight over the next five years drained French military resources. Napoleon’s Highlighted textinvasion of Russia in 1812End highlight resulted in a Highlighted textdisastrous retreat.End highlight The tide started to turn in favour of the allies and Highlighted textin March 1814, Paris fell.End highlight Napoleon went into Highlighted textexile on the Mediterranean island of Highlighted textElba.End highlight In March 1815 he Highlighted textescapedEnd highlight and marched on the French capital. The Highlighted textBattle of Waterloo ended his brief second reign. The British Highlighted textimprisonedEnd highlight him on the remote Atlantic island of St Helena, where he Highlighted textdied on 5 May 1821.End highlight

 

Citing sources

Keeping track of your sources and giving credit to the original author is a critical component of academic studies. It not only shows that you are honest, but it also shows that you are an effective reader. It means that you can identify the main ideas in various pieces of writing and you can combine the information into a well-structured essay.

Remember:

Citing information can be confusing because different sources require you to collect different information about the source.

Take a look at this “Citation cheat sheet(Opens in new window)” of details that are required.

No wonder it can all get so confusing. With a few simple tools, it’s easy to keep track of your research and properly cite your work.

 

 

 

 

Keeping track of my research

You need to have all the required information to be able to cite your sources and create your bibliography. Since you’re going to be using the Internet for most of your research, the tracking sheet on the following page is set up to record information about websites.

Keeping track of website information requires more than just tracking the site’s URL. So, where do you locate the rest of the information when you are on the website? For each item listed in the following tracking sheet, press the associated Show me button to see where you would locate the necessary information.

 

 

Press Enter here for an accessible version of Research tracking.(Opens in new window)

screengrab of Research Tracking activity screengrab of Research Tracking activity(Opens in a new window)Start(Opens in a new window)

Tracking information from multiple sources

Setting up research tracking sheets takes a few minutes, but this strategy really pays off once your information starts to pile up. Click the tabs to see three examples of how easy it is to read in this format.

Author

British Broadcasting Company

Name of Web Page:

Napoleon Bonaparte

Name of Website:

BBC History

Year/Month/Day created:

2012

Year/Month/Day accessed:

July 10, 2012

URL:

http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/historic_figures/bonaparte_napoleon.shtml

Information:

“born on 15 August 1769 in Corsica” (BBC 1) “military school” (BBC 1) By 1796 he was commanding the French army (BBC 1) “In 1798, Napoleon conquered Ottoman-ruled Egypt” (BBC 1)

Project:

Napoleon Bonaparte

 

Name:

Juan Smith


 

Website


 

Author:

British Broadcasting Company

 

Name of web page:

Napoleon Bonaparte

 

Name of website:

BBC History

 

Year/Month/Day Created:

2012

 

Year/Month/Day Accessed:

2016/07/20

 

URL:

http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/historic_figures/bonaparte_napoleon.shtml


 

Information



 

"Born on 15 August 1869 in Corsica" (1)


 

"Military school" (1)


 

"In 1798, Napoleon conquered Ottoman-ruled Egypt" (1)


 

By 1796 he was commanding the French army (1)

The source could be an individual like a celebrity's official website or it could be an entire research institution like a university or company.

The name of a webpage is located in the title at the top of the page. It is usually named using the specific topic you are reading about.

The name of the website is usually located on the header of the webpage. It is also usually the first part of the URL.

This is sometimes tricky to locate. The date the page was created or last updated is often located at the very bottom of the webpage. Many websites don't provide an exact date and many only provide you with a year.

This is the date that you looked at the website and recorded the information. This is important because information is always changing.

This is the link that most people copy and paste from the address bar. It will help people find your information but it doesn't provide the necessary details to cite your paper academically.

This is the page on the website where I found the information. If I had to turn to page three then the number here would be "(3)". The same is true for a book.

This item is in quotation marks " " because I copied exactly word for word (verbatim) from the site. I didn't reword the information at all.

Notice that there aren't quotes with this item. The original piece of information read: "1796, was made commander of the French army in Italy" but I reordered the information and removed some of the words. I will still need to cite the page but quotation marks won't be necessary.

Author

British Broadcasting Company

Name of Web Page:

Napoleon Bonaparte

Name of Website:

BBC History

Year/Month/Day created:

2012

Year/Month/Day accessed:

July 10, 2012

URL:

http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/historic_figures/bonaparte_napoleon.shtml

Information:

“born on 15 August 1769 in Corsica” (BBC 1) “military school” (BBC 1) By 1796 he was commanding the French army (BBC 1) “In 1798, Napoleon conquered Ottoman-ruled Egypt” (BBC 1)

 

 

 

 

Author

A&E Television Network

Name of Web Page:

Napoleon Biography

Name of Website:

Bio TrueStory

Year/Month/Day created:

1996–2012

Year/Month/Day accessed:

July 10, 2012

URL:

http://www.biography.com/people/napoleon-9420291

Information:

“Napoleon Bonaparte was born on August 15, 1769, in Ajaccio, Corsica.” (A&E 1)
“He was the fourth, and second surviving, child of Carlo Buonaparte, a lawyer, and his wife, Letizia Ramolino.” (A&E 1) He attended France's College d'Autun in 1771.
“Eventually, Napoleon ended up at the military college of Brienne, where he studied for five years, before moving on to the military academy in Paris. In 1785, while Napoleon was at the academy, his father died of stomach cancer. This propelled Napoleon to take the reins as the head of the family. Graduating early from the military academy, Napoleon, now second lieutenant of artillery, returned to Corsica in 1786.” (A&E 2)

 

 

AuthorLionel A. Bouchon & Didier GrauName of Web Page:Biography of Napoleon BonaparteName of Website:Napoleon and EmpireYear/Month/Day created:2008–2012Year/Month/Day accessed:July 10, 2012URL:http://www.napoleon-empire.com/napoleon-biography.phpInformation:“He was baptized in the cathedral of the city on July 21st, 1771, the year the Bonaparte family was given its noble status by the Board of Corsica.” (Bouchon & Grau 1)
“The young Napoleon made his first trip to France in December 1778. He was admitted the following January 1st to the college of Autun, Burgundy, where his father had registered him after having obtained a scholarship. In May 1779, Napoleon joined the military school of Brienne, which prepared children of the nobility for a military career. He demonstrated a remarkable aptitude for mathematics.” (Bouchon & Grau 1)
“He left this institution in October 1784 to enter the Royal Military School of Champ-de-Mars in Paris in the Company of gentlemen cadets.” (Bouchon & Grau 1) “The year 1785 was a sad one for Napoleon, as he mourned the death of his father Charles, probably of stomach cancer, leaving a widow with eight children and little income. In the fall, Napoleon received his wings of second Lieutenant and was assigned to the artillery regiment of La Fere, stationed at Valence, Rhone Valley.” (Bouchon & Grau 3)

 

 

I would need a lot more information to write a complete essay on Napoleon, but this is enough to get started. Before I start writing, the first thing to do is to make a plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sorting my information

You already know that you cluster your ideas and information and sort details into piles, like laundry. Each pile could be one topic.

How many topics should you have? That depends. If you are writing one paragraph, you will only have one topic with three points of support in the body of the paragraph.

Chart showing organization of a paragraph starting with Introduction/topic, point 1, point 2, point 3, ending with conclusion. https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.04.07.png

 

Topic of my information paragraph: Napoleon’s Early Life

Using this topic to guide you, you could sort the information into information you need, and information you don’t need. After discarding the information you don’t need, you would be left with the following:

Information that I need

“Napoleon Bonaparte was born on August 15, 1769, in Ajaccio, Corsica.” (A&E 1)

In May 1779, Napoleon joined the military school of Brienne, which prepared children of the nobility for a military career. He demonstrated a remarkable aptitude for mathematics.” (Bouchon & Grau 1)

“He left this institution in October 1784 to enter the Royal Military School of Champ-de-Mars in Paris in the Company of gentlemen cadets.” (Bouchon & Grau 1)

Now that you have sorted the information, could you write the five-sentence paragraph? Give it a try. Begin with an opening sentence that identifies the topic. Then add the three points, one sentence for each point. Then write a concluding sentence. Like this:

Chart showing organization of a paragraph starting with Introduction/topic, point 1, point 2, point 3, ending with conclusion. https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_02.04.07.png

 

Make sure that you take the time to write the paragraph and that you write it in your own words. Writing information paragraphs is one of the key expectations for this course. You will need to write one on the final exam!

Parenthetical references

Now that you have researched your topic and sorted the information into what you need, make sure that you give credit to the people who conducted the original research.

Here is a longer information paragraph on the same topic. Look at how the sources of the information are shown in brackets or parentheses…that’s right: it’s time for parenthetical referencing!

Read Napoleon Bonaparte’s Early Life.

Napoleon Bonaparte’s Early Life

Born in Ajaccio, Corsica on August 15th, 1769, Napoleon Bonaparte was the fourth, and second surviving, child in the Bonaparte family (A&E Television Network, 1). His parents, Carlo Buonaparte, a lawyer, and his wife Letizia Ramolino had him baptized in the cathedral of the city on July 21st, 1771, the same year that the Bonaparte family was given noble status by the Board of Corsica (Bouchon & Grau, 1). Napoleon’s first trip to France took place in December, 1778.

The following January, Napoleon earned a scholarship and began attending the College of Autun (A&E, 1). He transferred to the military school of Brienne in May, 1779 and continued his studies there for five years. Brienne, a military school “which prepared children of the nobility for a military career,” allowed Napoleon to demonstrate his remarkable aptitude for mathematics (Bouchon & Grau, 1). As a successful scholar and military student, he left Briene “in October 1784 to enter the Royal Military School of Champ-de-Mars in Paris in the Company of gentlemen cadets” (Bouchon & Grau, 1).

Brienne prepared him for his academic and military studies at the military academy in Paris. In 1785, while he was still studying in Paris, his father died of stomach cancer. Napoleon was required to graduate early from the Military Academy and take charge of the family household (A&E, 2). Shortly thereafter, Napoleon received the wings of a second Lieutenant and was assigned to the artillery regiment of La Fere, stationed in Valence (Bouchon & Grau, 3). From that humble beginning, he would rise to command the French army by 1796, just 11 years later (BBC, 1).

 

 

 

Now, at the end of the paragraph or essay, you include a full list of the Works Cited. This is a list of the sources you used. The Modern Languages Association (MLA) has guidelines for everything about your essay, from how to cite your sources to the margins and page numbering you should use. For this learning activity all the MLA you need to know is how to cite websites:

For websites with no author:

“Title of article.” Name of website. Publisher of website. Date on website, if given. Date accessed. Web address.

For websites with an author:

Author’s last name, first name. “Title of article.” Name of website. Publisher of website. Date on website, if given. Date accessed. Web address.

Put the Works Cited list in alphabetical order. Look at the Works Cited list for the paragraph about Napoleon.

Works Cited

“Napoleon biography.” Bio TrueStory. A&E Television Network. (1996-2012). Accessed July 10, 2012. http://www.biography.com/people/napoleon-9420291.

Bouchon, Lionel A. & Grau, Didier. “Short biography of Napoleon Bonaparte.” Napoleon & Empire. (2008-2012). Accessed July 10, 2012. http://www.napoleon-empire.com/napoleon-biography.php.

“Napoleon Bonaparte (1769 – 1821).” BBC History. British Broadcasting Company. (2012). Accessed July 10, 2012. http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/historic_figures/bonaparte_napoleon.shtml.

Consolidation

Portfolio item

 

Now it’s your turn. For your information essay, you’re going to write an information paragraph, properly cited, about one city in the world where you would like to live.

Put all of the things you’ve learned together, in this activity!

Follow the steps carefully.

  1. Use this "Brainstorming balloons(Opens in new window)” template to brainstorm ideas and questions for your essay. Once you’ve completed it, save a copy to your computer.
  2. Now that you have your ideas and questions, you can get started on your research. Remember to use sites that are credible and independent. Use this "Research tracking sheet(Opens in new window)" to gather your citation information and research. Download this file and save it to your computer. Make a copy for each of your sources.
  3. Once you have all your ideas, questions, and information, you can begin writing your information paragraph.
  4. Write your rough draft of your paragraph. Edit it.
  5. Write your final copy.

You must have something saved on your computer for the above steps. Call the file Learning Activity 2.4 Portfolio Item and save it in your Portfolio folder.

Conclusion

Good for you! You have done lots of work on your own. One more learning activity to go, and you will be halfway through this course. Move on to learning activity 2.5!

  • olc4o_02.04_research_tracking
  • olc4o_02.04_brainstorming_balloons
  • lc4o_02.04_research_tracking_sheet
  • Learning Activity 2.4z Portfolio Item.

2.5

Learning activity 2.5: Putting it all together

Learning goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • brainstorm ideas and questions to guide your research
  • find sources of information
  • gather credible information about your subject
  • learn how to correctly cite your sources
  • plan and write your information paragraph
  • self-assess your paragraph

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

So by now you have worked your way to the mid-way point of this course. That’s terrific! You’ve learned a lot about reading and writing strategies, and a fair deal about yourself as a reader. You may not even be aware of how much your skills have improved.

During this learning activity, you are going to reflect on your improving skills as a reader and writer. I think you’ll surprise yourself.

Action

Reflecting on my progress

By now you are probably a lot more self-aware of your reading and writing strategies. This is bound to happen, since you are being constantly reminded about those strategies!

Are you more aware of all the types of reading you are doing? Are you more familiar with a variety of text forms? Are you reading new forms of reading items with more confidence? Are you reading more often? Jot down some answers to these questions because you will need this information for your Logbook entry at the end of the learning activity.

Student Answer

Do you remember the S.M.A.R.T. goal that you set for yourself back in learning activity 1? Do you remember what you hoped to achieve in the course? Which items have you been working on? How are you progressing towards your goal? Are there areas where you could improve? Do you see how developing a plan for success helps you to achieve your goal? Jot down some of your thoughts on these questions while your ideas are still fresh. You will need to consider your responses when you reflect on your progress at the end of this learning activity.

Student Answer

Review by learning activity

You have come a long way since the beginning of the course! The course moves so quickly that it’s easy to forget some of the concepts and strategies along the way. As a refresher, flip through this flashback of the learning activity you have covered so far.

Learning activity 1.1

In learning activity 1.1, you learned that, regardless of the format of the text, you can use clues to help you infer or “read between the lines.” You also learned that you can use these built-in clues to help you make predictions about what is going to happen next.

What are the clues that you would use to infer what is going on here?

Young girl thinking hard https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_01.01.10.jpg

 

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

  • Facial expression
  • Gesture
  • Gender
  • Age

 

What clues are provided in this image that indicate what kind of movie this is?

Movie Poster reading 'Unspeakable horror from outer space paralyze the living and resurrect the dead! Plan 9 from Outer Space'. https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4oa_1.1.18.jpg

Student AnswerHide Suggested Answer

  • Title
  • Images of Martians, spaceships, space itself

 

 

Learning activity 1.2

In learning activity 1.2, you used strategies to help you read and interpret information. Review this list to make sure you know how to use each strategy. If you don’t, go back to learning activity 1.2 and reread it.

  • Making connections
  • Predicting
  • Inferring
  • Summarizing
  • Rereading
  • Identifying the main idea

Learning activity 1.3

Learning activity 1.3 reminded you that text forms are organized in specific ways. If you understand the text form, you’ll know how to examine the text to find the information that you need. Knowing how and where to find the text features of various text forms helps you to identify the main idea of the text that you are reading.

On the next page, you’ll be be asked to match various text formats with their respective sets of features. Let’s see how you do!

Think about each of these text formats. Can you match each one to its correct set of features?

Select your answers, then click Submit to see if you are right!

Question 1Novelselect:Chapters, Headings and subheadings, Images, tables, charts, graphs, Table of contentsArticles, Features, Advertisements, Images, Index, PublisherLegend, Title, Labels, Levels, Numbers or scalesTitle, Lines, Stanzas, Possible pattern or rhymeTitle, Chapters, Plot, Characters, Theme, ClimaxTitle, Images, Slogan or message, Distributor

Question 2Textbooksselect:Chapters, Headings and subheadings, Images, tables, charts, graphs, Table of contentsArticles, Features, Advertisements, Images, Index, PublisherLegend, Title, Labels, Levels, Numbers or scalesTitle, Lines, Stanzas, Possible pattern or rhymeTitle, Chapters, Plot, Characters, Theme, ClimaxTitle, Images, Slogan or message, Distributor

Question 3Posterselect:Chapters, Headings and subheadings, Images, tables, charts, graphs, Table of contentsArticles, Features, Advertisements, Images, Index, PublisherLegend, Title, Labels, Levels, Numbers or scalesTitle, Lines, Stanzas, Possible pattern or rhymeTitle, Chapters, Plot, Characters, Theme, ClimaxTitle, Images, Slogan or message, Distributor

Question 4Graphselect:Chapters, Headings and subheadings, Images, tables, charts, graphs, Table of contentsArticles, Features, Advertisements, Images, Index, PublisherLegend, Title, Labels, Levels, Numbers or scalesTitle, Lines, Stanzas, Possible pattern or rhymeTitle, Chapters, Plot, Characters, Theme, ClimaxTitle, Images, Slogan or message, Distributor

Question 5Magazineselect:Chapters, Headings and subheadings, Images, tables, charts, graphs, Table of contentsArticles, Features, Advertisements, Images, Index, PublisherLegend, Title, Labels, Levels, Numbers or scalesTitle, Lines, Stanzas, Possible pattern or rhymeTitle, Chapters, Plot, Characters, Theme, ClimaxTitle, Images, Slogan or message, Distributor

Question 6Poemselect:Chapters, Headings and subheadings, Images, tables, charts, graphs, Table of contentsArticles, Features, Advertisements, Images, Index, PublisherLegend, Title, Labels, Levels, Numbers or scalesTitle, Lines, Stanzas, Possible pattern or rhymeTitle, Chapters, Plot, Characters, Theme, ClimaxTitle, Images, Slogan or message, Distributor

Submit

 

Learning activity 1.4

In learning activity 1.4, you reviewed the writing process. You learned how you pre-write, brainstorm, and organize your ideas. When you brainstorm, you develop questions that you will need to answer to help you write a response to a question.

There are lots of ways to complete this important brainstorming step. In learning activity 1.4, for your personal opinion essay, you used an idea-generating template. Regardless of how you brainstorm your ideas, you always need to take some time to expand them, which may even involve doing some research. Once you have your ideas, you need to do a little sorting and then write a draft.


 

 

 

Learning activity 1.5

In learning activity 1.5, you learned more about the editing and revising process to help you make your work the best it can be. To learn about editing and revising, you examined images and passages to see how eliminating, reordering, and replacing could improve the quality of your writing.


 

Learning activity 2.1

In learning activity 2.1, you learned how to infer and summarize.

Do you remember which is which? Record a definition for both, in your own words

Student Answer

Whether you’re inferring or summarizing, making sure you have all the important information is easy: you just need to remember to answer the 5 Ws and 1 H. Name them.

Student Answer

 

 

Learning activity 2.2

In learning activity 2.2, you learned all about the news. You considered where you could find news:

  • Newspapers
  • Television
  • Radio
  • Internet
  • Reporters
  • Tweets
  • Word of mouth

You learned the seven pillars of newsworthiness. Hmmm…do you remember those?

Match the term to its definition

Question 1Human interestselect:How influential it isHow touching it isHow close it isHow important it isHow rare it isHow new it isHow recent it is

Question 2Impactselect:How influential it isHow touching it isHow close it isHow important it isHow rare it isHow new it isHow recent it is

Question 3Timelinessselect:How influential it isHow touching it isHow close it isHow important it isHow rare it isHow new it isHow recent it is

Question 4Rarityselect:How influential it isHow touching it isHow close it isHow important it isHow rare it isHow new it isHow recent it is

Question 5Noveltyselect:How influential it isHow touching it isHow close it isHow important it isHow rare it isHow new it isHow recent it is

Question 6Prominenceselect:How influential it isHow touching it isHow close it isHow important it isHow rare it isHow new it isHow recent it is

Question 7Proximityselect:How influential it isHow touching it isHow close it isHow important it isHow rare it isHow new it isHow recent it is

Submit

The inverted pyramid tells the writer (and the reader) what is important. How does it do this? How are news stories written using an inverted pyramid? Explain.

Student Answer

You revisited the 5 Ws and 1 H and brainstormed possible news story ideas based on images and headline prompts. Then using what you knew about brainstorming and expanding ideas, you wrote a news story.


Learning activity 2.3

In learning activity 2.3, you learned all about narratives. They can be found in lots of places, including: essays, novels, movies, poems, comic strips, stories, and plays.

Narratives still answer the 5 Ws and 1 H even though they are called something different. Do you know how to recognize each of these?

  • Characters
  • Plot
  • Theme
  • Setting
  • Climax
  • Beginning, middle, and end

Narratives contain a beginning (exposition), rising action, climax, falling action, and an ending (resolution).

Parts of a narrative beginning with Exposition/introduction, rising action, conflict, climax, falling action/denouement, and ending with resolution/conclusion https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4oa_8.6.1.jpg

 

Ideas for writing narratives can come from experiences, images, or your imagination. As the saying goes, a picture is worth a thousand words. Some parts of a picture might tell you a story, while other parts might require you to use your imagination to develop ideas for a story that would make sense. Sometimes, though, even the smallest germ of an idea can be the foundation for a really great story or Hollywood blockbuster.


 

Learning activity 2.4

In learning activity 2.4, you wrote an information paragraph. Writing an information paragraph is very similar to writing an opinion essay. You still need to:

  • Brainstorm questions
  • Expand on ideas
  • Write a draft
  • Edit and revise your writing

But, you also need to:

  • Do research
  • Cite your information

Citing your research sources doesn’t need to be difficult. The key is to know which pieces of information need to be collected and referenced for the different types of resources that are available. You can use a simple tracking sheet to do this, like the one you used during learning activity 2.4.

 

 

Consolidation

Notebook

 

  • Now that you are at the midway point of the course, it’s important to take time to go back and add to your reading log. Record everything that you have read for this course, and for fun. Update your goal.
  • Now make another Notebook entry. This time, write about your experience of reading tests. Is it difficult or easy? Call your file Learning activity 2.5 Notebook Entry.
  • When those steps are complete you will be ready to do the Assessment of Learning.

Assessment of Learning: Teacher-marked

You are halfway through this course. This is an Assessment of Learning, which is used to evaluate your work based on established criteria and to assign a mark. Your teacher will provide you with feedback and a mark. This Assessment of Learning is worth 17% of your final mark for the course.

 

Instructions

There are four Tasks in this Assessment of Learning.

Task 1 – Select a recent historical event

Task 2 – Write a summary based on research

Task 3 – Write an original news report

Task 4 – Create a comic strip

Review each task in the Assessment for Learning – Learning activity 2.5 Instructions(Opens in new window)

 

Feedback and marking

You will receive three kinds of feedback on this assessment:

  • Your teacher will highlight the phrases on the rubric that best describe your assignment to show you how you have done.
  • Your teacher will also provide you with detailed comments about the strengths of your assignment, the areas of the assignment that need improvement, and the steps you should take before submitting another assignment like this one.
  • The final piece of feedback that you will receive will be your mark. Each of the four categories of knowledge and skills is weighted equally at 25 marks, making a total of 100 marks. The final mark on this Assessment of Learning is determined by your teacher based on their professional judgement of the requirements for the assignment.

 

Rubric

Pay careful attention to the following rubric. Your teacher will use it to assess your work. You should refer to it too, so you’ll know exactly what the components of your finished assignment should look like.

Knowledge & Understanding

 

Expectations

  • Student demonstrates knowledge and understanding of writing forms for different purposes and audiences – summary, news report, comic strip
  • Student is able to apply facts to different writing forms with accuracy

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

 

 

Thinking

 

Success Criteria:

  • Student uses planning skills to generate ideas and gather information
  • Student uses research skills to plan for writing tasks
  • Uses MLA formatting correctly

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Communication

uccess Criteria:

  • Student demonstrates their ability to use proper spelling and grammar throughout the assessment tasks
  • Student expresses and organizes ideas, opinions and information effectively and accurately

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

 

 

Application

 

Success Criteria:

  • Student applies knowledge of summaries accurately; using parenthetical references and a works cited list
  • Student applies knowledge of news reports accurately; using 5W’s as a building block;
  • Effective use inverted pyramid structure; including use of quotations
  • Student applies knowledge of narrative structure (setting, character, plot and theme) to create a comic strip insightfully

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Submission

This is your Unit 2 assessment for feedback and a grade. This assessment is worth 17% of your course grade.

The teacher will assess your work using the rubric. Before submitting your assessment, review the rubric to ensure that you are meeting the success criteria to the best of your ability.

When you are ready, submit your assessment for feedback and a grade by selecting the “Assignment” link and follow the submission directions.

 

  • olc4o_10_assessment_of_learning.
  • Learning Activity 2.5z olc4o_10_assessment_of_learning.

Unit 3 2022/12/13

Course is provided through open source at the following link:

Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

Unit 3 : 

5 Lessons

Indicate Topic Title / brief Description

Approximate Time

Spec. Expec. optional)

TOPIC:  3.1   Applying for a job

5

TOPIC:  3.2   Resumes and cover letters

5

TOPIC:  3.3   Thank-you notes and vocab

4

TOPIC:  3.4   Workplace communication

4

TOPIC:  3.5   Race to the right job

5

TOPIC: Unit Summative (Test or TASK) 

3

 

26 hours

Lesson 3.1

Lesson  3.1 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

3.1   Applying for a job

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 3.1: Applying for a job

Learning goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • research various careers
  • practise using jot notes to record information
  • complete application forms

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

Welcome to this learning activity, which is about reading and writing in the workplace. Of course, reading and writing skills are important in any job, but they’re also important in getting the job in the first place. Perhaps obtaining a new or better job is one of your reasons for taking the course.

In this learning activity, you’ll learn some of the reading and writing skills that will help you research, apply for, and get the job you want.

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

What’s the right job for me?

Getting a job can be a daunting task!

What if you aren’t even sure what it is you want to do? One place to begin might be with online aptitude and career interest inventories. There are lots of these. Be very careful, though! Some services can be very expensive and you should not put all your trust in the results of any single test. Sometimes it is better to do a little research on your own instead.

 A woman spelling the word 'Job'

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.01.02.jpeg

 

Click on each tab to read about some current occupations that are in high demand. Some of the information for this activity was found here(Opens in new window).

Choose a career | ontario.ca

 

 

 

http://gygb.blogspot.com/2012/01/future-and-high-demand-careers.html

 

 

A semiconductor and wireless communications industries continue to grow…Fiber optics cable can carry as much information as 300 tons of copper wire; one piece of plastic can replace as many as 40 to 50 separate pieces of steel; and a new type of ceramic blade can last 50 times longer than normal steel blades? The development of amazing man-made materials such as plastics, composites and advanced ceramics will continue to expand.

(http://gygb.blogspot.ca/2012/01/future-and-high-demand-careers.html)

The semiconductor and wireless communications industries continue to grow…Fiber optics cable can carry as much information as 300 tons of copper wire; one piece of plastic can replace as many as 40 to 50 separate pieces of steel; and a new type of ceramic blade can last 50 times longer than normal steel blades? The development of amazing man-made materials such as plastics, composites and advanced ceramics will continue to expand. https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.01.02a.jpg 

 

Telecommunications occupations are on the rise!

  • Computer animators, editors, and camera operators
  • Designers and engineers in the high technology field, such as semiconductors, microprocessors, microwaves and laser technology (electrical and electronic engineers)
  • Electrical trades
  • Electronics engineering technicians
  • Network security experts
  • Equipment maintenance workers

 

Society’s interest and concern with all natural environments and with healing and caring for our own bodies in more natural ways are both on the rise. Natural systems occupations are on the rise!

Box with vegetableshttps://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.01.02b.jpg

  • Natural healing practitioner
  • Nutritionist/health food store manager
  • Fitness consultant/personal trainer
  • Water quality technician
  • Alternative clinics - i.e., yoga instructor, stress clinician
  • Massage therapist
  • Waste management specialist
  • Soil reclamation specialist
  • Organic farmer

 

With the baby boom generation entering retirement age, more people are spending more money to enjoy their retirement. The recently retired want to renovate their homes, travel, be healthy, and stay active. Occupations that help this segment of the population do so are on the rise.

Occupations that support the recently retired are on the rise!

Box with vegetableshttps://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.01.02c.jpg

  • Landscapers and landscape consultants
  • Hospitality industry workers
  • Ecotourism operators

 

 

 

The population is aging. The aging members of our communities need health care and support for staying in their own homes. There is no doubt that this creates jobs.

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.01.02d.jpg

Home caregiver sitting on the sofa with an elderly man

  • Nurse
  • Personal support worker
  • Funeral director
  • Dental hygienist
  • Osteopath

 

 

 

Making a career research plan

What job do you want? What job should you train for? To answer either of these questions, you’ll need to do research. Before you can do that, you’ll need to decide what to research.

Without a doubt, going into a career area where employers are looking for employees is key. This will give you the best chance of getting hired and starting to make money! It would be disappointing if you were to prepare yourself for a particular career, only to find out that there were no jobs available in your field of interest. You need to make a plan and carry it through, and reading and writing will play a big part of that plan.

Read this scenario about how Mandy, a teacher, narrowed down her list of possible careers to a choice of three.

Mandy’s search

When I was partway through high school, I needed to start thinking about what career I wanted to pursue.

I knew it had to be a career that I would enjoy and that would be in demand, so I would have a better chance of getting a stable job that paid well.

I didn’t know what career to choose, so I developed a chart, or research plan pyramid. I started at the bottom, jotting down jobs that I might like to do and then researched which of those jobs were also needed at that time.

I ended up focusing on the three careers that appeared in both of these categories, and decided to research them further to see which one to pursue.

But things have changed since Mandy was at high school. What was available or in demand in the job market at that time has really changed.

 

 

 

 

 

What are the positive aspects about this job?

 

Career 1

 

 

 

Career 2

 

 

 

Career 3

 

 

 

What are the negative aspects about this job?

Career 1

 

 

 

Career 2

 

 

 

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

What education/background is required?

Career 1

 

 

 

Career 2

 

 

 

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

Career 1

 

 

 

Career 2

 

 

 

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

Brainstorming your jobs

You’ve done brainstorming before in this course, so use it to fill in your own research plan pyramid. Consider the high demand occupations listed earlier in this learning activity, or you might need to do a little research of your own about what jobs are currently in high demand.

Start at the bottom and work your way up. Try for 3-4 occupations in the top section that are both needed in society and sound interesting to you.

Jobs that I will RESEARCH

Student Answer

 

Jobs that are NEEDED

Student Answer

 

Jobs that I WOULD WANT to do

Student Answer

 

Jot notes

Jot notes or point-form notes, can be a great way to get down key information quickly to help you remember new things.

Here are some dos and don’ts of using jot notes:

Jot notes: Dos

Jot notes: Don’ts

Use key/important words that give you the main idea.

Write down as much information as you can and copy directly from the text.

Include new vocabulary words and their definitions.

Use full sentences and write in paragraphs.

Write down information in your own words.

Avoid including any new vocabulary words.

Use headings or a chart to organize your jot notes as you make them.

Just write down information in a long list on a page.

Start a new line for each new piece of information.

Take the time to ensure that all words are spelled correctly.

 

 

Using jot notes starts with receiving information (from reading, watching a video, or listening to someone) and quickly writing down the main parts so that you can use the information.

Why would you use jot notes?

Student Answer

 

 

 

Researching careers

A good place to kickstart your career research on the Internet is the Ontario Ministry of Advanced Education and Skills Development(Opens in new window) website. You can find the site by performing an online search for it.

 

https://www.ontario.ca/page/choose-career

 

Man reading jobs section in newspaperhttps://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.01.04.jpeg

 

The website is full of resources for people looking to start or change their careers. It includes detailed information on the education needed to follow various career paths as well as how to obtain funding for post-secondary education. The Ministry’s website also has a number of search tools you can use to look for a career you’re interested in and find out how to get into it, what it involves, and what its future prospects are.

One of the key search tools the Ministry offers is called “Choose a career” which is found under the “Jobs and careers” section on their main page. Press the link, then press the “Labour market” link under “Career planning.” From here, you can access the Ministry’s “Search job profiles” tool which allows you to search for a specific occupation or job category. Next, you’ll see what kind of career information you can find using a typical search.

Using your favourite search engine, search “4214 Early Childhood Educator” and find a Statistics Canada website (it will have statcan.gc.ca in the web address).

 

 

 

Using this example, you might make the following jot notes:

General questions

Early childhood educator

What tasks are performed?

  • Caring for and working with infants and young children

What are the hours?

  • Approximately 7:00 a.m. until 4:00 p.m. or 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
  • Some evenings for special events, like interviews and performances

What is the pay?

  • Averages around $22 000 per year

Where is this job located?

  • Various schools in most communities
  • Community centres
  • Private daycare facilities

What are the positive aspects of this job?

  • Fun caring for and working with children and doing a variety of different tasks
  • Active; not a sitting job!
  • Monday to Friday usually
  • Lots of different locations where I could work
  • Working in a team with other people in the same field

What are the negative aspects of this job?

  • Can be stressful to ensure many things get done in a day and that the children are all safe and well cared for
  • Could be layoffs if not enough children, or if there are budget cutbacks

What education/background is required?

  • College diploma in ECE

Other information

  • Can be very competitive to get into a college program as there are always more applicants than spots

Now it’s your turn to try using jot notes for researching your career.

Select three jobs from the top of your brainstorming pyramid and insert them at the top of each of the three columns of the career information chart below; if one of your jobs was ECE worker, choose something else.

Navigate to the Labour market section on the Ontario Ministry of Advanced Education and Skills Development(Opens in new window) website. Then use the “Search job profiles” tool to find information about your three jobs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Read the information about each job and use jot notes to complete the forms.

What tasks are performed?

Career 1

Career 2

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What are the hours?

Career 1

Career 2

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What is the pay?

Career 1

Career 2

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where is this job located?

Career 1

Career 2

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What are the positive aspects about this job?

Career 1

Career 2

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What are the negative aspects about this job?

Career 1

Career 2

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What education/background is required?

Career 1

Career 2

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

Career 1

Career 2

Career 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Logbook entry

 

Think about the following questions and write the answers in your Logbook. Call the file Learning Activity 3.1 Logbook Entry. Be sure to save the file in your Logbook folder.

  1. What reading and writing strategies can help you obtain research information? Think of other strategies besides just the ones used in this learning activity.
  2. Which strategies do you feel most comfortable with?
  3. Which strategies do you need more practice with?
  4. How can these strategies help you to make a good decision on a future career path?

Completing application forms

Take a look at the job applications of the two applicants below. As you look at them, think about which application impresses you more.

There’s not much comparison, is there? Corry’s application is clearly better. Sarah’s has so many problems that it’s hard to even list them all. Instead, open “Application #1 Mistakes(Opens in new window)” and see if you can find all the mistakes in Sarah’s application. There are at least 17 of them.

 

 

 

 

 

Test your knowledge of how to fill in job application forms by completing this activity.

screengrab of Research Tracking activity screengrab of Research Tracking activity(Opens in a new window)Start(Opens in a new window)

 

 

Press Enter here for an accessible version of Job application.(Opens in new window)

Fill in the blanks with the correct words from the Suggested Answers.

Applicant information is a section in all job applications that includes label information _________. It’s typically found at the top of application forms and it’s important that you _________ label sections so that an employer can contact you. Be sure to have an label email address that sounds professional. Even though there is often a place for your social insurance number on job applications, it is not actually __________until you get the job and are about to start work. Be sure to be label when completing the desired or expected salary and criminal record sections.

When completing the education history section, be sure to include the correct dates, address and name of your ____ and whether you graduated. State which diploma or certificate you achieved, too. In the employment history section, be sure that you list the most recent and important jobs that you’ve had. State what your responsibilities were, using professional and polite words. If you’ve been fired or you quit your last job, be honest but don’t give specifics or blame others.

Be sure, in the label ________, to ask past or current supervisors, teachers, or people who have viewed you in a positive way if they would be willing to be a reference for you and whether you can give out their phone number and/or email address. Avoid using family members as references. Finally, be sure to _____ your application.

Suggested Answers

References   subject school   initial   basic   all    personal   appropriate

Genre    sign     applicant    required        medium         honest

 

 

 

Self Assessment

Applicant information is a section in all job applications that includes label information about you. It’s typically found at the top of application forms and it’s important that you fill in label sections so that an employer can contact you. Be sure to have an label email address that sounds professional. Even though there is often a place for your social insurance number on job applications, it is not actually label until you get the job and are about to start work. Be sure to be label when completing the desired or expected salary and criminal record sections.

When completing the education history section, be sure to include the correct dates, address and name of your label and whether you graduated. State which diploma or certificate you achieved, too. In the employment history section, be sure that you list the most recent and important jobs that you’ve had. State what your responsibilities were, using professional and polite words. If you’ve been fired or you quit your last job, be honest but don’t give specifics or blame others.

Be sure, in the label section, to ask past or current supervisors, teachers, or people who have viewed you in a positive way if they would be willing to be a reference for you and whether you can give out their phone number and/or email address. Avoid using family members as references. Finally, be sure to label your application.

Consolidation

Making a good impression

Employers generally form a quick impression of you from your job application. It’s often not just what you say, but how you say it, that matters. You may not get a second chance to make a great first impression, so your job application needs to be good in order to impress potential employers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Complete this job applications quiz to learn about what to do and what to avoid when completing a job application.

Question 1 of 11

Ask for two copies of a blank job application or photocopy your original to ensure that you can do a draft and final copy.

True

False

 

Question 2 of 11

Submit both the draft and final copy.

True

False

 

Question 3 of 11

Complete the application in pencil.

True

False

 

Question 4 of 11

Writing neatly in pen or typing your job application is best.

True

False

 

 

Question 5 of 11

Ensure that someone else proofreads your application to ensure that it’s clear, all sections are complete, and everything is spelled correctly.

True

False

 

Question 6 of 11

It doesn’t matter if you make spelling mistakes if spelling doesn’t matter in the job you are applying for.

True

False

Question 7 of 11

Complete the application quickly at the place of employment and hand it in immediately.

True

False

 

Question 8 of 11

Complete the application at home and take the time to ensure it’s done correctly.

True

False

 

 

 

 

Question 9 of 11

Fold the application many times and don’t worry if it gets tattered.

True

False

 

Question 10 of 11

Put the application into an envelope and ensure that it stays as neat as possible.

True

False

 

Question 11 of 11

Mail or deliver your application to the employer.

True

False

 

 

 

 

 

 

Portfolio item

 

Task 1:

Online job banks are a good place to find job postings. Do an Internet search to find an online job bank. (A good place to start would be the job bank operated by the Government of Canada.)

When you find a job bank or other similiar service, use the site’s search feature and find a job that you put in the top section of the pyramid earlier in this learning activity.

Task 2:

Record the job title and the details about the job in a Word document.

Task 3:

Imagine that you’re applying for that job. Complete this “Job Application Form(Opens in new window)” and then save it in your Portfolio.

Task 4:

Save your Word document and the finished application form as Learning Activity 3.1 Portfolio Item and save the file in your Portfolio folder.

 

 

 

Conclusion

Do you see how the way the application form is filled in can influence an employer’s impression of the applicant? Have you thought about what you will need to be most careful of when you fill in a job application form? Good!

Don’t forget to read the materials in the Supplementary Reading Package as you work your way through the course. Now move on to the next learning activity.

 

 

  • MPA Online Journal log revised 2
  • olc4o_03.011_application_corry.
  • olc4o_03.01_application_sarah
  • olc4o_03.01_application_mistakes
  • olc4o_03.01_job_application.
  • olc4o_03.01_job_application_form
  • Learning Activity 3.1z Portfolio Item
  • olc4o_03.01_job_application_form
  • olc4o_03.01_job_application

Lesson 3.2

Lesson  3.2 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

3.2   

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 3.2: Resumes and cover letters

 

Learning goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • write a cover letter
  • write your resume
  • learn how to submit them

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

Introduction

In order to land the important interview, where of course you will say all the right things, first you need to fill out a job application. And you’ll also need to prepare a resume and cover letter.

These three pieces combined will let the employer know what they need to know about you for them to make a decision about giving you an interview. Let’s get down to work!

Keyboard with a Resume laying on top with Career Objectives and Professional Experience as subtopics

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

Resumes and cover letters

Don’t make the mistakes these people did! Watch this video showing some hilarious resume typos.

Play Video

Play

Mute

Loaded: 3.35%

Remaining Time -4:55

Display Transcript

Captions

Fullscreen

 

The white and blue ILC logo appears on the lower-right corner of the screen.

Melissa Forman and Jeanne sit on a living room in a TV studio. A TV screen behind them reads "You. Me." Melissa is in her mid-thirties, with long blond hair. She wears a yellow shirt and black trousers. Jeanne is in her thirties, with shoulder-length curly black hair. She wears a pink shirt, a long necklace and earrings.

Jeanne says WELL, MELISSA'S HERE
THIS MORNING,
AND WE ARE TALKING ABOUT
RESUME TYPOS.
THE MISTAKES PEOPLE MAKE WHEN
THEY'RE APPLYING FOR THE JOBS.

Holding some papers, Melissa says AND, THEY'RE FUNNY.

Jeanne says YUP.

Melissa says ESPECIALLY WHEN THEY'RE NOT YOU.
YOU KNOW?

Jeanne nods and chuckles.

Melissa says OKAY, SO, YEAH. IF YOU'RE
LOOKING FOR A NEW JOB, AOL.COM,
THIS IS WHERE WE GOT
EVERYTHING FROM.
THEY HAVE A BIG LIST
AND THEY SAY THAT LAST YEAR
A TEMPORARY STAFFING FIRM
INTERVIEWED ABOUT
150 SENIOR EXECUTIVES.
ARE YOU READY FOR THIS?
40 PERCENT SAID ONE TYPO AND
YOU'RE OUT. THAT'S IT.
36 PERCENT SAID,
"EH, WE'LL TAKE TWO, TWO TYPOS,
BUT THEN THAT'S IT
AND YOU'RE REALLY OUT."

Jeanne says YEAH.

Melissa says I'M KIND OF...
I DON'T KNOW IF I'D WANT TO
WORK FOR THOSE PEOPLE.

Jeanne says I KNOW, RIGHT?
WELL, YOU KNOW WHAT? ACTUALLY.
I MEAN, BUT THAT'S BECAUSE IN
THE BUSINESS WE'RE IN,
AS LONG AS YOU SAY IT RIGHT,
She chuckles and continues IT'S OKAY.

Melissa says RIGHT. FOR US IT DOESN'T MATTER.

Jeanne says IT DOESN'T MATTER AS MUCH,
BUT WHEN YOU SEE STUFF LIKE THAT
AND THAT'S A PERSON GOING TO BE
REPRESENTING YOU,
I CAN'T SAY I BLAME THEM.

Melissa says AND ONE TYPO. I MEAN, ONE LITTLE
LETTER OUT OF PLACE CAN MAKE
A REALLY BIG DIFFERENCE.
SO, LET'S TAKE A LOOK AT SOME
OF THESE AND WE'LL SEE...
A WOMAN WROTE THE ARTICLE,
SHE WENT ON SOME JOB SITES
AND FOUND SOME GOOD ONES.
ALL RIGHT, "OBJECTIVE: SEEKING A
PARTY-TIME POSITION
WITH ROOM FOR ADVANCEMENT."

The TV screen shows a slate with the example.

Jeanne says WOO-HOO.

WHAT KIND OF ADVANCEMENT YOU
GOING TO BE DOING WITH THAT?

Jeanne chuckles.

Melissa says SEE, THAT'S WHERE ONE LITTLE
LETTER MAKES A BIG DIFFERENCE,
OKAY?
"ACHIEVEMENT: PLANNED A NEW
CORPORATE FACILITY
AT 3 MILLION OVER BUDGET."
YAY!
OKAY. LET'S SEE ANOTHER RESUME...
OKAY, "SKILLS:
I AM A RABID TYPIST."
I CAN GUARANTEE NOBODY WANTS TO
WORK WITH YOU
IF YOU'RE A RABID TYPIST.

Laughing, Jeanne says AS YOU FOAM AT THE MOUTH AND
BARK AT PEOPLE AS THEY GO BY.
(barking)
OKAY. LET'S SEE.
WHAT'S THE NEXT ONE?
HOBBIES: I ENJOY COOKING CHINESE
AND ITALIANS.

Melissa says I MENTIONED THIS ONE LAST TIME.
YES.
'CAUSE THAT ONE TICKLED ME. I
WAS DYING. I THINK THAT'S JUST...

Jeanne says JUST WRONG.
WHY JUST THEM?
WHY NOT EVERYBODY?
YOU CAN'T DISCRIMINATE.

Melissa says THEY'RE NOT UP WITH THINGS.

Jeanne says NOW, THIS IS SOMEBODY WHO WAS
WAY BEYOND THE 6 YEAR PLAN.

Melissa says "COLLEGE: AUGUST 1880 TO MAY
1984."
THAT'S A BIG PROBLEM.
YOU MAKE A MISTAKE ON THAT
SIMPLE THING AND THEY'RE LIKE,
"WHAT'S WITH THIS?" YOU KNOW?
YOU'RE NOT GETTING HIRED.

Jeanne says YEAH.
IT MEANS YOU'VE BEEN
PARTYING A LOT.
COVER LETTER. THIS WAS A
SENTENCE THAT WAS IN IT.
"I WOULD LIKE TO ASSURE YOU THAT
I AM A HARDLY WORKING PERSON."

Melissa says AT LEAST THEY'RE HONEST.

Jeanne gestures as if she were cutting her throat and says I HARDLY WORK.

Melissa says I WOULD HIRE THEM FOR HONESTY
ON THAT ONE.
OKAY, THAT IS FUNNY.

Melissa reads "PERSONAL INFORMATION: MARRIED,
EIGHT CHILDREN,
PREFER FREQUENT TRAVEL."

Jeanne laughs and says THAT'S WAY TOO MUCH INFORMATION.

Melissa says YEAH, YOU DON'T NEED TO
PUT THAT KIND OF STUFF.

Jeanne says BUT HERE'S THE THING,
WITH EIGHT KIDS I'D PROBABLY TRY
TO GET OUT OF THE HOUSE TOO.

(laughing)

Melissa says THIS DOES ACTUALLY MEAN-- RIGHT,
"I DESPERATELY NEED A JOB.
I HAVE EIGHT KIDS.
I'M DYING TO GET OUT OF THERE."

Jeanne says "I'M MOTIVATED.
I AM HIGHLY MOTIVATED."
OKAY.
WHAT'S THE NEXT ONE?
"LANGUAGE SKILLS: EXPOSURE TO
GERMAN FOR TWO YEARS -
BUT MANY WORDS ARE INAPPROPRIATE
FOR BUSINESS."
(laughing)
I-- YOU KNOW WHAT?
I KNOW HOW TO CURSE IN ALMOST
EVERY MAJOR...

Melissa says OF COURSE YOU DO.

Jeanne says YOU KNOW,
ROMANCE LANGUAGE.
I DO. I CAN'T SAY.

Melissa says OH, THAT IS FUNNY.
She reads "REASON FOR LEAVING:
THE OWNER GAVE NEW MEANING TO
THE WORD PARANOIA."

Jeanne says YOU EVER THINK MAYBE
IT WAS YOU? I DON'T KNOW.
SOMETIMES YOU-- YOU KNOW WHAT?
YOU DON'T NEED TO PUT THAT
IN ANYTHING.

Melissa says JUST SO YOU KNOW.
OKAY. HERE'S ACHIEVEMENTS.

They both look at the TV screen and read "NOMINATED FOR PROM QUEEN"!

Melissa says NOBODY CARES.

Jeanne says THAT MEANS YOU'RE GOING TO
COME IN LIKE A DIVA.

Melissa says WAIT. AND YOU DIDN'T EVEN WIN.

Jeanne says I KNOW. JUST NOMINATED.

Melissa says I MEAN, IF YOU WERE PROM QUEEN,
MAYBE THAT...

Jeanne says SHE WAS A WANNABE.

Melissa says JUST SO YOU KNOW,
A COUPLE THINGS.
I DON'T KNOW IF WE HAVE MORE,
BUT THEY SAID SOME THINGS TO DO
TO AVOID THIS,
PRINT OUT A COPY SO THAT YOU CAN
LOOK AT IT LATER.

Jeanne says A HARD COPY, 'CAUSE IT'S EASIER
TO SEE.

Melissa says RIGHT. SET IT ASIDE, THEN DOUBLE
CHECK IT AN HOUR OR TWO LATER.
AND HAVE THREE PEOPLE,
THREE PEOPLE LOOK OVER
YOUR RESUME,
SO THAT YOU DON'T HAVE THIS.

Jeanne says OKAY, WE DO HAVE
SOME MORE.
She reads "EDUCATION: FINISHED EIGHTH
IN CLASS OF TEN."
(laughing)

Jeanne says "I WAS IN THE BOTTOM THREE."

Melissa says WHO GOES TO A CLASS OF TEN.
ANYWAY. OKAY, THAT IS FUNNY.

Jeanne says ALL RIGHT.
LET'S SEE WHAT ELSE WE GOT.
"INTERESTS." OKAY, THIS WOULD BE
GREAT FOR OUR JOB, "GOSSIPING."

Melissa says YEAH, RIGHT, I GUESS.
RIGHT. THEY WANT TO HIRE
THE TOWN GOSSIP.
EVERYBODY NEEDS THAT.
OKAY. RESUME MISTAKE.

Jeanne says IS THERE ANOTHER ONE?
OH, I LOVE THIS.

Melissa reads "AWARDS: NATIONAL RECORD FOR
EATING 45 EGGS IN TWO MINUTES."

Jeanne says THAT'S NASTY.

Melissa says IT IS GOOD FOR THE HOLIDAY
PARTIES. YOU DO NEED...

Jeanne says SOME ENTERTAINMENT.

Melissa says SOMEBODY LIKE THIS AT
THE OFFICE.

Jeanne reads "REFERENCES: BILL, TOM, ERIC -
BUT I DON'T KNOW THEIR PHONE
NUMBERS."
WHO ARE THESE PEOPLE? THESE ARE
YOUR FRIENDS FROM THE STREET?

Melissa says I'M CRYING.

Jeanne says THEY WOULDN'T BE GOOD
REFERENCES.

Melissa says I'VE GOT TO WIPE MY EYES
WITH THIS PILLOW.

Jeanne says WAIT. I HAVE A TISSUE FOR YOU.
She reads OKAY, SALARY. I LOVE THIS.

Melissa says WE'VE GOT LOTS OF OTHER PILLOWS.

Jeanne reads "THE HIGHER THE BETTER."

Melissa says AT LEAST THEY'RE HONEST.
OKAY, LET'S SEE ANOTHER ONE.
She reads "COVER LETTER: PLEASE DISREGARD
THE ATTACHED RESUME;
IT'S TOTALLY OUTDATED."
(laughing)

Jeanne says HERE'S A TISSUE.

Melissa says OKAY, THANKS.
THESE ARE VERY FUNNY.
OKAY. I THINK THAT WAS IT.
SO, ANYWAY.
AGAIN, DOUBLE CHECK,
SET IT ASIDE.
GET A COUPLE PEOPLE TO LOOK OVER
IT 'CAUSE ONE-- YOU SEE
THAT ONE LITTLE THING-- "HARDLY
WORKING," AND, "HARD WORKER."

Jeanne says AND, HERE'S THE THING.
PEOPLE WHO MADE THOSE KIND
OF MISTAKES,
ESPECIALLY THE LAST ONES,
YOU KNOW THERE'S CRAZINESS
ALL OVER THEIR RESUME.
YOU KNOW THERE IS.

Melissa says YEAH.
SO, THERE YOU GO. OKAY.

Jeanne says BUT THANK YOU FOR MAKING ME
LAUGH AND I HOPE YOU GET A JOB.

Melissa says HERE'S A KLEENEX FOR YOU.
I DIDN'T USE THAT ONE.

Jeanne says OH. YOU GAVE ME A DIRTY ONE?

Chuckling, Melissa says I DIDN'T USE THAT ONE.

Jeanne says OH, OKAY. GIVE IT BACK
OKAY, NEVER MIND.

Melissa says I WAS TRYING TO BE NICE TO YOU.

Jeanne says OKAY, FINE. YOU CAN'T BE NICE TO
PEOPLE SOMETIMES.

 

 

 

 

How to write cover letters

A cover letter is the letter that you include with your resume. It states the position that you’re applying for and gives an overview of your skills and experience. When you’re writing a cover letter, it helps to look at sample cover letters that others have written.

Read this sample cover letter for a day camp counsellor position.

Sample Cover Letter

1313 South Road
Newmarket, Ontario
L2Z 4K5

July 27, 2012

City of London Recreation Department
45 Main Street
London, Ontario
N4W 4K2


 

Dear Mr. Applewood:

I would like to apply for the day camp counsellor position with the City of London. I have been a camp counsellor for the last two summers and feel that my skills and passion for working with children makes me a strong candidate for this role.

For the last two summers, I have worked as a day camp counsellor for the Town of Newmarket where I’ve planned and supervised children from ages five to ten. I have been able to effectively ensure safety while keeping the children involved in various crafts, games and special events. I have been complimented by parents and by supervisors for the positive way that I interact with the children.

I have also worked with children in various babysitting jobs where I have made meals, helped with homework and put the children to bed. I babysat children from ages two to twelve and have made regular tasks fun with songs and games.

I have just finished gr. 12 and am moving to the London area. I am qualified in First Aid and CPR and can play the guitar.

I’ve included my resume for your consideration and hope that an interview can be set up soon to discuss my application further. I can be reached at (555) 234-4222.

Sincerely,
T. Thomson

Tina Thomson
[email protected]

 

 

 

Deconstruct this cover letter by using the information from the sample letter.

 

 

1 What contact Information does the applicant include?

Student Answer

 

Show Suggested Answer

Name

Phone number

Address

Email

 

2Is the letter dated?

Student Answer

Hide Suggested Answer

Yes

3 What employer information is included?

Student Answer

Hide Suggested Answer

Name

Address

What the job is

 

4 How is the salutation written?

Student Answer

Hide Suggested Answer

Dear Mr. Applewood:

 

 

5 Topic of the first paragraph

Student Answer

Hide Suggested Answer

What job she is applying for and why she is good at it

 

6 Topic of the middle paragraph

Student Answer

Hide Suggested Answer

Experience

 

7 Topic of the final paragraph

Student Answer

Hide Suggested Answer

Education and related skills

 

8 What is the complimentary closing?

Student Answer

Hide Suggested Answer

Sincerely, signature, typed name

 

 

 

 

 

Resumes

A resume is a written outline of your work-related skills, education, and experience. It’s also called a “curriculum vitae,” which is Latin for “course of life.” Whatever you call it, you submit it to an employer when you apply for a job.

A person’s footprints forming a path

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.02.03.jpg

 

Look carefully at Tina Thomson’s resume.

 

Tina Thomson’s resume

Tina Thomson

Resume

1313 South Road
Newmarket, Ontario
L2Z 4K5
(555) 234-4222
[email protected]


 

Work experiences:

Camp counsellor   Town of Newmarket   July and August 2010 and 2011

  • Planned activities for children ages 5 to 10 years
  • Led children in arts and crafts, games, baking, swimming, and other activities
  • Ensured safety at all times
  • Communicated well with parents and fellow staff
  • Completed necessary paperwork (accident reports, daily summary sheets)
  • Ensured children had a positive experience

Babysitter   For various families in the Newmarket area   September 2008-present

  • Supervised children ages 2 to 12 in their homes
  • Followed parents’ directions
  • Helped children with homework and other tasks

Skills and education:

  • Ontario Secondary School Diploma   June 28, 2012   Newmarket High School
  • Received the Citizenship Award for positive contributions in the school and community

Guitar

  • Taken lessons for past 4 years
  • Passed Royal Conservatory Grade 1 exam

First aid and CPR

  • Completed full course in July 2009 and have recertified every year since

Red Cross swimming

  • Obtained Level 10 badge

References:

Available upon request

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Complete this chart with the information that you would use to develop your resume.

Your contact information:

Full mailing address Email Phone number

 

 

 

Your work experience:

(1)

Job title Company Location

Date worked from

until

Responsibilities

 

Related skills and education:

Student Answer

                

References:

 (1)

First and last name

Position

Contact number

 

 

(2)

Job title Company Location

Date worked from

until

Responsibilities

Related skills and education:

Student Answer

                

References:

 (1)

First and last name

Position

Contact number

 

(3)

Job title Company Location

Date worked from

until

Responsibilities

 

 

Related skills and education:

Student Answer

                

References:

 (1)

First and last name

Position

Contact number

 

 

 

Submitting resumes and cover letters

Once you’ve completed your resume and specific cover letter for a job, you’ll need to get it to the employer. There are three main ways to do this:

  • Deliver it in person
  • Mail it
  • Electronic submission (email or online submission)
  1. Deliver it in person

 

Deliver your resume and cover letter in person:

  • Ensure that the resume and cover letter are placed neatly in an envelope, addressed to the person mentioned in the job posting.
  • Ask politely if the person mentioned in the job posting is available so that you can hand it to them personally. If not, ask for the name of the person you hand it to.
  • Be polite and dress neatly and professionally.
  • If you did not give the envelope to the person who is hiring, follow up with a phone call the next day to ensure that it was received.

Young man in business attire handing resume to an employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Mail it

 

 

Mail your resume and cover letter:

  • Ensure that you have the correct full mailing address and postal code, and include the name of the person mentioned in the job posting.
  • Ensure that there is enough time for your resume and cover letter to get there before the job application deadline.
  • Print or type the address neatly on the front of the envelope and ensure that you have enough postage for it to get there promptly.

Row of mailboxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Electronic submission (email or online submission)

 

Electronic submission of your resume and cover letter:

  • Follow the instructions in the job posting regarding whether the employer prefers you to email or use an online submission site for submitting your resume and cover letter.
  • Ensure that you attach the correct files, and that they are in the correct format.

 

 

 

 

Consolidation

Logbook entry

 

Think about the following questions and then write answers to them in your Logbook. Call the file Learning Activity 3.2 Logbook Entry. Be sure to save the file in your Logbook folder.

  • How often should you update your resume with new information?
  • Why should you ensure that someone proofreads your resume and cover letter?
  • Why is it important to be honest in your resume and cover letter?
  • What do you think is the most difficult part of creating a resume and cover letter?
  • Who could help you with it?

 

 

 

Portfolio item

 

Now it’s time for you to write your own resume and cover letter.

Task 1:

You must apply for one of the following positions. Choose the one you want to apply for.

Massage Therapist Needed

Aldea Spa
72 Hillvale Street
Toronto, ON
M3T 4P2
[email protected]

Landscaper Needed

Dixon Parks and Recreation
88 River Road
Thunder Bay, ON
L2Y 5S9

3rd-Term Electrical Apprentices Needed

JNR Electrical and Mechanical Contractors
5 Fox Hollow Road
Winnipeg, Manitoba
R4R 2S1

 

Task 2:

Open a new Word document and write your resume and cover letter for the job you chose.

Task 3:

Save your resume and cover letter in a file called Learning Activity 3.2 Portfolio Item and store them in your Portfolio folder.

Conclusion

If your job journey is going to be a successful one, you will need the important reading and writing skills you learned about in the previous learning activity. The next learning activity should be lucky for you. It is all about how saying thanks can make you feel good and help you at the same time!

  • olc4o_03.03_meanings_of_prefixes

Lesson 3.3

Lesson  3.3 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

3.3   

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 3.3: Thank-you notes and vocab

Learning goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • write a thank-you letter as a follow-up to an interview
  • acquire some techniques for learning new vocabulary that you’ll encounter in the workplace

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

Introduction

Now that you’ve researched a job and filled out an application, hopefully you’ll get a chance to have an interview! And afterwards, being able to follow up with a thoughtful and well-developed thank-you letter may set you apart from the competition and help you to get the job.

And once you’ve got the job, you’ll have a lot to learn in a short time. In every workplace there are specific words and new vocabulary to learn. In this learning activity you’ll learn techniques to be sure that you master new words to make your start on a new job successful...and impressive to your new employer!

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

Thank-you letters

Good manners are important, both in person and in written form. Following up an interview with a thank-you note to your potential employers may help them to remember you and possibly decide to hire you!

Thank You in multiple different languages

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.03.02.jpeg

 

 

Answer these multiple-choice questions to learn the characteristics of good thank-you letters.

Question 1 of 5

The thank-you letter should be written:

Any time after the interview

On the same day as the interview or the next day

Never

Before the interview

 

Question 2 of 5

The person’s name who interviewed you should:

Not be mentioned

Be used in the letter, but you should only use their first name

Be used in the salutation (greeting of the letter), along with their title (Mr. or Ms. or Dr.) and their last name

Be used only on the envelope and not in the letter

 

Question 3 of 5

The body of the letter should:

Thank the employer for the interview, specifically mentioning the job applied for

Be general and should not mention the specific job

Apologize to the employer for “goofing up” the interview, if you did

Give your resume and application form again

 

 

 

 

 

Question 4 of 5

Including your contact information is:

Vital

Not necessary

Optional

Something you only need to do later, when you go back and tell the employer

 

 

Question 5 of 5

Spelling everything correctly and using proper grammar is:

Only important if the job needs you to read and write

Somewhat important

Not an issue

Very important, as it gives the employer a positive impression of you

 

 

Press Enter here for an accessible version of Analysis of thank-you letters(Opens in new window)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elaine Roberts

June 11, 2013

Dear Mr. Smith,

Thank you very much for the opportunity to be interviewed today for the position of cashier at Shoppers Drug Mart. I really appreciated the opportunity to talk to you and hope that my strong people skills, attention to detail and ability to adapt quickly to new situations came across to you.

I just wanted to mention that I am available to start as soon as necessary, if I am the selected candidate. I hope to hear from you soon with your decision.

I can be reached at (905) 555-9898 or by email at [email protected].

Sincerely,

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.03_signature01.jpgElaine Roberts

 

 

Denise

Hi Roger,

I just wanted to say thanks for letting me interview.

It was amazing! Even if I don’t get the job, it was fun to be interviewed!

Cheers,
  Denise

 

Katie Zerbo

July 23/13

To Mr. P. James,

    It was a pleasure to interview for you today at your office for the data entry position. I was impressed by the professionalism of your business and hope to be the fortunate candidate to join your team.

    I think that my skills and organization would be great assets to your company and hope that I will hear from you soon with your decision. Please let me know if you require any additional information from me.

Thanks again,

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.03_signature02.jpgKatie Zerbo
416-555-3434

 

Sam

August 3

To Whom It May Concern,

Thank you for the interview today at your workplace.

I hope that I am selectd for the job. I am a hard workr and would do good at your company.
Remembr that I will promise to do me best.

From Sam

 

Now that you know the characteristics of thank-you letters, read these examples of effective/ineffective thank-you letters and answer the true or false question for each one. Click on the "Letters" at the top of the window to move through the examples.

 

 

Question 1 of 5

Letter #1 has all the elements of a thank-you letter.

True

False

Question 2 of 5

Letter #2: “Cheers” is an appropriate way to close your thank-you letter.

True

False

Question 3 of 5

Letter #3 is friendly and effective.

True

False

Question 4 of 5

Letter #3: Katie’s email address is missing.

True

False

Question 5 of 5

Letter #4: Sam needs a proofreader!

True

False

 

Portfolio item

 

Imagine that you’ve gone on an interview for the job that you applied for in an earlier learning activity. Write a thank-you note and be sure to edit and revise it. Use the effective letters from before as examples!

Save your letter as Learning Activity 3.3 Portfolio Item and store it in your Portfolio folder.

Vocabulary of the workplace

If your interview goes well and you get the job, then it’s time to celebrate! But not for long: once you start, you’ll have to work hard to get up to speed. Every place of employment uses some specific terms, depending on what kind of work it does. Learning the language of the workplace can be a challenge!

Online dictionaries can be a fast and informative tool for learning new words, but you won’t always have time to consult one. Sometimes you have to try to figure out the meaning of a word from its context, which means from the other words in the sentence and the way the word has been used.

'Translate' computer key https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.03.06.jpg


Context

Context doesn’t just apply to writing. Use the visual clues in this picture to figure out what’s happening or, in other words, the context.

Construction worker being loaded into an ambulance by paramedics https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o03.03.06b.jpeg

 

The context, or what is going on in the image, provides clues as to what might have happened. There is a supervisor holding a worker’s hard hat while the worker is being loaded into an ambulance on a stretcher. The context helps you to understand that there has been an accident.

Understanding a word that is unfamiliar is like reading the context clues in an image. But in language, the clues are the other words in the sentence or paragraph.

Steps to follow:

  • Read the whole sentence and try to guess what the unfamiliar word might mean.

    “Word identification or decoding refers to the ability to correctly decipher a particular word out of a group of letters.”.
  • Guess at the meaning of the word and substitute a similar word in its place.

    “Decoding means something to do with figuring out word meaning.”
  • Reread the sentence with the similar word in place of the unfamiliar word and see if it makes sense. If it doesn’t, read the rest of the paragraph to get more context information.

    “Word identification or figuring out word meaning refers to the ability to correctly decipher a particular word out of a group of letters.”

 

 

 

 

 

Root words, prefixes, and suffixes

A root word is the basic part of a word, without beginnings (prefixes) or endings (suffixes). Sometimes, root words, prefixes, and suffixes can help you to figure out the meaning of unfamiliar words. Look at these meanings of prefixes.

screengrab of Meaning of prefixes activity screengrab of Meaning of prefixes activity(Opens in a new window)Start(Opens in a new window)

Press Enter here for an accessible version of Meanings of prefixes.(Opens in new window)

 

Prefixes: Fill in the blanks with the correct words. The first has been done for you.

Prefix Check - Question 1

Word

Prefix

Meaning

Root word

Meaning of the word

defrost

pre:

selecwrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

root:

mea:

 

Prefixes: Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

Prefix Check - Question 2

Word

Prefix

Meaning

Root word

Meaning of the word

disagree

pre:

selecwrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

root:

mea:

 

Prefixes: Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

Prefix Check - Question 3

Word

Prefix

Meaning

Root word

Meaning of the word

international

pre:

selecwrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

root:

mea:

Prefix Check - Question 4

WordPrefixMeaningRoot wordMeaning of the wordmisunderstandpre:selecwrongunderacrossoppositenotbetweenroot:mea:

 

Prefix Check - Question 5

Word

Prefix

Meaning

Root word

Meaning of the word

subway

pre:

selecwrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

root:

mea:

Prefixes: Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

Prefix Check - Question 6

Word

Prefix

Meaning

Root word

Meaning of the word

transmission

pre:

selecwrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

root:

mea:

Prefixes: Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

Prefix Check - Question 7

Word

Prefix

Meaning

Root word

Meaning of the word

unpleasant

pre:

selecwrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

root:

mea:

 

 

Prefixes: Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

Prefixes Check - Correct Answers Summary

Word

Prefix

Meaning

Root word

Meaning of the word

defrost

Pre:

wrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

Root:

Meaning:

disagree

Pre:

wrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

Root:

Meaning:

international

Pre:

wrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

Root:

Meaning:

misunderstand

Pre:

wrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

Root:

Meaning:

subway

Pre:

wrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

Root:

Meaning:

transmission

Pre:

wrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

Root:

Meaning:

unpleasant

Pre:

wrongunderacrossoppositenotbetween

Root:

Meaning:

 

 

Now try these meanings of suffixes.

screengrab of Meaning of Suffixes activity screengrab of Meaning of Suffixes activity(Opens in a new window)Start(Opens in a new window)

 

 

 

 

 

Press Enter here for an accessible version of Meanings of suffixes.(Opens in new window)

 

 

Suffix Check - Question 1

Word

Suffix

Means

Root word

Meaning of the word

climbable

pre:

seleclikeminus or withoutcan do itpast

root:

mea:

 

Suffixes: Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

Suffix Check - Question 2

Word

Suffix

Means

Root word

Meaning of the word

wished

pre:

seleclikeminus or withoutcan do itpast

root:

mea:

 

Suffix Check - Question 3

Word

Suffix

Means

Root word

Meaning of the word

artistic

pre:

seleclikeminus or withoutcan do itpast

root:

mea:

 

 

 

Suffixes: Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

Suffix Check - Question 4

Word

Suffix

Means

Root word

Meaning of the word

fearless

pre:

seleclikeminus or withoutcan do itpast

root:

mea:

 

 

Suffixes: Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

Suffixes Check - Correct Answers Summary

Word

Suffix

Means

Root word

Meaning of the word

climbable

Pre:

likeminus or withoutcan do itpast

Root:

Meaning:

wished

Pre:

likeminus or withoutcan do itpast

Root:

Meaning:

artistic

Pre:

likeminus or withoutcan do itpast

Root:

Meaning:

fearless

Pre:

likeminus or withoutcan do itpast

Root:

Meaning:

Suffixes: Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As you can see, looking at prefixes and suffixes can help you understand the meaning of unfamiliar words. But, what if the word you are trying to understand isn’t really a word at all?

 


Making sense of acronyms

Some of the most confusing terms for new employees are acronyms. Acronyms are short forms made from the first letters of the words in a longer phrase or title.

Man looking at his computer screen in despair

Match each texting acronym with its meaning.

Question 1B4Nselect:For crying out loudBye for nowAnd you’re telling me this becauseToo good to be forgotten

Question 2AYTMTBselect:For crying out loudBye for nowAnd you’re telling me this becauseToo good to be forgotten

Question 32G2B4Gselect:For crying out loudBye for nowAnd you’re telling me this becauseToo good to be forgotten

Question 44COLselect:For crying out loudBye for nowAnd you’re telling me this becauseToo good to be forgotten

Submit

 

Good job. But can you match these workplace acronyms to the names they represent? Give it a try!

The acronyms in the table are commonly seen in many workplaces in Canada. Match each acronym with its full name.

Question 1CPPselect:Member of ParliamentCardiopulmonary resuscitationPrime MinisterEmployment insuranceCanada Pension Plan

Question 2MPselect:Member of ParliamentCardiopulmonary resuscitationPrime MinisterEmployment insuranceCanada Pension Plan

Question 3CPRselect:Member of ParliamentCardiopulmonary resuscitationPrime MinisterEmployment insuranceCanada Pension Plan

Question 4PMselect:Member of ParliamentCardiopulmonary resuscitationPrime MinisterEmployment insuranceCanada Pension Plan

Question 5EIselect:Member of ParliamentCardiopulmonary resuscitationPrime MinisterEmployment insuranceCanada Pension Plan

Submit

 

 

 

 

 

 

In a written document, acronyms often have their full, long-form versions printed beside them, the first time they are used; however, you may find yourself in a situation where your co-workers are using acronyms or other abbreviations in conversation. If this happens, you have a choice to make:

  • If you feel comfortable doing so, you can ask your co-workers what the acronym stands for.
  • Or, you can make a mental note of the acronym so that you can look up its meaning later.

This is not something to be embarrassed about. Remember: learning new vocabulary is a part of every new job!

Vocabulary crosswords

Complete this “Job Vocabulary Crossword(Opens in new window).” This is a good way for you to review some of the things you have learned so far.

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.03.09a.jpegJob opportunity crossword with the words job, employment, opportunity, growing, success, quality, and salary

 

 

Portfolio item

 

Now it’s your turn to create a crossword of words that you might need at work.

Task 1:

There are lots of online crossword puzzle makers. Do an online search for “Crossword Puzzle Maker” and use it to create your crossword. Make sure that you’ll be able to save your crossword once you’ve made it.

Task 2:

Select your dream job. Create a minimum of 10 clues and answers for that job.

Task 3:

Create a crossword and call it “My dream job: ________.”

Task 4:

Save the crossword, the clues, and the answer key in one file called Learning Activity 3.3 Portfolio Item and store them in your Portfolio folder.

Logbook entry

 

Think about the following questions and then write the answers in your Logbook. Call the file Learning Activity 3.3 Logbook Entry and be sure to save it in your Logbook folder.

  • What strategies would you use to help you figure out the meaning of unfamiliar workplace vocabulary?
  • How could having good strategies for unknown words make a good impression on your employer?

Blocks spelling “Dream Team” https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.03.09c.jpeg

 

Consolidation

Assessment for Learning

This is an Assessment for Learning, which is used to determine where you are in your learning, where you need to go, and how best to get there. Similar to the learning activity 1.2 assessment that you completed you will be provided with feedback on your work, but not marks. Use this feedback to help you prepare for your next marked assignment in learning activity 3.5.

There are five tasks in this Assessment for Learning. Launch the app the get started.

 

Assessment for Learning

To begin this Assessment for Learning, revisit the career selections you made earlier, as well as the specific position that you found on the Service Canada website. Enter that information into the space below.

My Careers:

Career 1

Career 2

Career 3



 

My chosen position:

Car choice 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Task 1

My chosen position: Car choice

Now, considering both the specifics of this position and the broader career or field of work under which it falls, write a reflection in which you explore both your INTEREST IN and SUITABILITY FOR this position and career. Use the guiding questions, the exemplar, and the checklist to ensure that your reflection meets the assessment criteria.

Text editor area

12pt

Save

Your reflection should respond to each of the following three questions:
 

  • Why am I interested in this career or field of work?
  • Why am I interested in this specific position?
  • Why am I well-suited to this career and position (for instance, what specific skills, interests, aptitudes and/or qualifications make me a person who would excel in this career and position?)

Reflection Checklist: My reflection ...
 

  • Addresses WHY I am interested in my chosen career or field of work;
  • Addresses WHY I am interested in my chosen Job Bank position;
  • Explains WHY I am well-suited for this career and position;
  • Is written from a first person point of view (uses 'I');
  • Is informal in tone, thereby showcasing my writer's voice; Has been edited for clarity and language conventions.

My Career: Interior Decorating
My Chosen Position: Interior Decorator - Ashley Interiors (Job # 544867)
Reflection: 
I firmly believe that Interior Decorating is the perfect career path for me, and that the position posted on the Job Bank for Ashley Interiors is an ideal first job. I know that I am interested in this field of work because I love to decorate. When I walk into a room, I immediately find myself reflecting on the colour combinations, furniture placement, light fixtures, and artwork. I can't help it! I subscribe to Style at Home magazine and look forward each month to perusing its pages, contemplating new styles of decorating and designing, and thinking about how to incorporate them into my own space. I also adore going to thrift shops and garage sales, looking for old pieces of furniture to transform and make my own in order to complete a room. I feel like becoming an interior decorator would be like getting paid to pursue a hobby that I love, and who doesn't want to love going to work each day?. The job at Ashley Interiors caught my attention because it sounds to me like an entry-level position. The job requirements are a course in home decorating (which suggests that the focus of the position will be on homes, rather than business spaces - perfect!), and under two years' experience. So, I could find a course to complete - perhaps even online - and I could likely apply without any significant experience. This job is also of interest to me because it has a competitive wage, and full-time hours, which would enable me to afford my own place without needing a second job. Not only do I have a tremendous interest in this field of work and this specific position, but I also believe that I am very well suited for them. As I mentioned earlier, I naturally assess spaces and redesign them in my mind, and my interests are in both spaces and the items within them. In terms of qualifications, I am currently completing a Specialist High Skills Major in Art, so I have a varied background in terms of the high school courses that I have taken, and I am currently enrolled in an online photography course, which I feel will come in handy to photograph the spaces that I work on and build my portfolio. Overall, I am really confident that my passion and my background will combine to make me a really strong candidate for this field of work and a job like the one at Ashley Interiors. I can't wait to get started!

 

 

Task 2

Now that you have given extensive thought to why you are interested in and well suited to your chosen field of work and position, your next step is to engage more fully in an exploration of the attributes, skills, interests, experiences and certifications or qualifications that would be beneficial to you in applying for the specific position you just wrote about. You will accomplish this exploration by completing the brainstorming organizer you see below. Keep in mind, the content of the brainstorm should be what you would NEED in order to succeed in obtaining this position - not necessarily what you ALREADY HAVE. So, you are including content within each category that describes who you are at the moment, as well as who you would like to be in the future when you are actually applying for this type of position. Again, make use of both the guiding questions and exemplar provided to ensure that you are on the right track!

Attributes
Skills
Interests
Experiences
Certifications/Qualifications

Checklist: my brainstorming organizer
 

  • Thoroughly addresses each of the five 'areas';
  • Contains content that is applicable to all elements of the job posting and career requirements;
  • Is made up of both real and fictional content.

Interior decorator at Ashley Interiors

Attributes: creative, task-orientated, multi-tasking, outgoing, good team-worker.
Skills: bilingual (French & English), art production (drawing, painting, sculpting), media production (photography, videography), computer processing (Photoshop, Excel), blogging.
Interests: décor, fashion, furniture re-upholstery.
Experiences: Co-Operative Education placement at interior design firm, 40 hours of community service with photographer, internship with interior design firm.
Certifications/Qualifications: Specialist High Skills Major certification in Arts, Photography course certificate, Interior Design Diploma, grade 8 piano, jiu jitsu, CPR/First Aid.

 

 

 

Task 3 - Resume

In this third component of your assessment for learning, you will make use of your learning from both Lessons 12 and 13, and the contents of your brainstorm session from Task 2, to prepare a fictional resume and cover letter that you believe would be competitive in applying for the position that you wrote about in Task 1. As you prepare to write, ensure that you review the sample resume and cover letter from Lesson 12, as well as the information regarding workplace vocabulary in Lesson 13. Make use of the exemplars and checklists that follow to check your work for accuracy and formatting.

Editor 1

11pt

Save

Resume checklist: my resume ...
 

  • Lists my name, address, telephone number and email address at the top of the page;
  • Offers comprehensive information falling under the following headings: Work Experience, Skills & Education, and Related Skills & Experience;
  • Indicates at the bottom of the page that References are available upon request;
  • Contains content that is organized chronologically, working backwards from today's date;
  • Makes use, whenever possible, of workplace-specific language;
  • Makes effective use of space;
  • Is consistent in terms of font and format within each section;
  • Has been edited for language conventions and clarity.

Sarah Student

________________________________________

WORK EXPERIENCE

 

2015-Present Interior Decorating Intern – Toronto Design, Toronto ON

• Assist lead decorators with home décor consultation

• Maintain company website

• Create promotional materials for design fairs

 

2014-2015 Camp Counselor/Facilitator – Toronto Fine Arts Day Camp, Toronto ON

• Aid in development of program material for all age groups

• Facilitate group activities for campers

• Manage front desk, telephone and cash 

 

2013-2014 Co-Operative Education Student Placement – Toronto Photography Club

• Assist with photo shoot staging

• Edit photographs for clients

• Compile photo albums for clients 

________________________________________ 

SKILLS & EDUCATION

 

2014-2016 Interior Decorating – Toronto Film School

• Online program

• Honours standing

 

2010-2014 Toronto High School 

• Ontario Secondary School Diploma

• Specialist High Skills Major - Art

• French Certificate 

________________________________________

RELATED SKILLS & EXPERIENCE

 

 2015-2016 First Aid & CPR Certification  

 

2013 Royal Conservatory of Music Designation – Grade 8 Piano

________________________________________

REFERENCES AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST

 

Task 3 - Cover letter

In this third component of your assessment for learning, you will make use of your learning from both Lessons 12 and 13, and the contents of your brainstorm session from Task 2, to prepare a fictional resume and cover letter that you believe would be competitive in applying for the position that you wrote about in Task 1. As you prepare to write, ensure that you review the sample resume and cover letter from Lesson 12, as well as the information regarding workplace vocabulary in Lesson 13. Make use of the exemplars and checklists that follow to check your work for accuracy and formatting.

Editor 3

11pt

Save

Cover Letter Checklist: my cover letter ...

  • Contains my address, today's date, and the address of the employer, all left justified at the top of the page;
  • Contains a greeting line with the name of the employer;
  • Contains 4-5 body paragraphs, each left justified with no indentation, identifying the title of the position being applied for, where the position information was found, why I am a suitable candidate for the position, and how I can be contacted for a potential interview;
  • Closes with 'Sincerely', followed by my name, email address, and signature;
  • Makes use, whenever possible, of workplace-specific language;
  • Is written from a first person point of view (using 'I');
  • Is typed and single-spaced throughout each body paragraph;
  • Has been edited for language conventions and clarity.

15 John Street
Toronto, Ontario
A1B 2C3

December 5, 2016

Ashley Interiors
7712 Kent Blvd. units 8 & 9
Brockville, Ontario
K6V 7H6

Dear Mr. Ashley,

Please accept my application for the Interior Decorator position as posted on the Services Canada website. I have recently completed both an Interior Decorating diploma program with the Toronto Film School and an internship with Toronto Design, and I feel that my skills and passion for design make me a strong candidate for this position.

Having spent the last three years working in a variety of paid and volunteer positions related to art, photography and design, I have amassed a wide range of skills that I believe have prepared me well for an entry level decorating position. My education, both at the secondary level with a Specialist High Skills Major in Art, and at the post-secondary level with a program in decorating and design, has provided me with the tools and qualifications required of this competitive field. Similarly, my background in piano and my First Aid and CPR certifications demonstrate my ability to manage my time, multitask, and accomplish my goals. Furthermore, I believe that my bilingualism would make me an asset to your firm, as I can communicate confidently with customers in both official languages. As a person who has always had a keen eye for both fashion and décor, and a love of redecorating and repurposing spaces and pieces of furniture, I believe that I am destined for a future in decorating and design, and I would love for that future to begin as a part of your team at Ashley Interiors.

Thank you in advance for your consideration of my attached resume. I look forward to hearing from you, and can be reached at (123) 456-7891 to further discuss my interest in and suitability for this position.

Sincerely,
S. Student
Sarah Student
[email protected]

 

 

Task 4

For the fourth task within this assessment of learning, you are to make use of the 'jot notes technique' that you learned about in Lesson 11 to consider how you can prepare yourself to actually become the person in the fictional resume and cover letter that you have just composed. You will expand upon the content of your brainstorming session in Task 2 to investigate specific (and real!) ways in which you can develop the attributes, skills, experiences and certifications/qualifications that you identified as being relevant to your chosen position and career. For example, consider volunteer opportunities, training sessions, courses (both online or on site), and/or certifications that are available to you that would assist you in genuinely acquiring a position within your chosen field of work. Once again, an exemplar has been provided for you.

Editor 5

11pt

Save

Exemplar Jot Notes:

  • Look into photography workshops offered at lunch time by the Arts department
  • Check date of First Aid/CPR qualification to ensure a recertification is not necessary
  • Contact references to ensure contact information is up to date
  • Reorganize my portfolio to ensure that contents focus on design and décor
  • Follow up on web design course advertised on billboard downtown
  • Sign up for French tutoring program to continue practicing oral communication skills
  • Begin working on applications for design and décor programs at Toronto Film School and Humber College
  • Contact local décor businesses (Toronto Décor Firm) to inquire about potential summer internships
  • Submit application to Toronto Fine Arts Camp for a summer position

Attributes:

Skills:

Interests:

Experiences:

Certifications/Qualifications:

Task 5 - Thank you letter

Your fifth and final task for this assessment of learning is to envision yourself in the future, having put into practice all of the ideas that you came up with during your brainstorming and jot note composition sessions, and having attained the job to which you applied with your fictional resume and cover letter in Task 3. Congratulations! Now that you are gainfully and blissfully employed, it is time to put your Lesson 13 skills to work in drafting a thank you letter in which you express to your new employer:

  1. your appreciation for the opportunity you have been given, and
  2. your excitement at beginning your new career!

Once again, you will be provided with both a guiding checklist and an exemplar to ensure that you are meeting the criteria for an effective thank you letter.

Editor 6

11pt

Save

Thank you letter checklist: my letter ...

  • Demonstrates good manners and a polite tone;
  • Includes today's date;
  • Addresses the employer by name;
  • Makes specific use of the title of both the position and the organization;
  • Sincerely thanks the employer for the interview and the opportunity;
  • Concludes with your name and contact information;
  • Is professionally formatted (typed, left justified, single spaced within paragraphs, with one space between each);
  • Has been edited for clarity and language conventions.

December 16, 2016


 

Dear Mr. Ashley,

Thank you very much for the opportunity to have been interviewed for the position of Interior Decorator at Ashley Interiors. I am so grateful to have had the chance to convey both my qualifications for and tremendous interest in becoming a part of your team, and am thrilled at the prospect of beginning my career with you.

As I conveyed in both my interview and my acceptance of your offer, I am available to begin work immediately, and look forward to what I know will be an exciting, rewarding career with Ashley Interiors.

 

Sincerely,
S. Student
Sarah Student
[email protected]

 

Congratulations

Congratulations on having successfully completed this Assessment for Learning!

As you are now beyond the midway point of the course, you have acquired and developed a wide range of new knowledge and skills that will be valuable to you not only as you complete the remainder of the course, but in your life outside of school as well.

As you look ahead to your post-secondary program application processes, and your future career pathways, your fluency in navigating job postings, application forms, resume, cover letter and thank you note writing, will stand you in good stead! You may even wish to print off your 'fictional' resume and cover letter from this assessment for future reference!

 

 

 

  • olc4o_03.03_analysis_of_thank_you_let
  • olc4o_03.03_meanings_of_prefixes
  • olc4o_03.03_meanings_of_suffixes.
  • Learning Activity 3.3zz olc4o_03.03_job_vocabulary_crossword
  • Learning Activity 3.3f olc4o_03.03_assessment_for

Lesson 3.4

Lesson  3.4 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

3.4   

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 3.4: Workplace communication

 

Learning goals

After completing this learning activity, you will be able to:

  • learn how to read a staff manual, charts, graphs, invoices, and memos
  • write a memo and report

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

Introduction

Congratulations, you have the job! Now what? In this learning activity, we’ll look at the reading and writing skills that you’ll need in the workplace to make you a successful employee.

There are many forms of workplace communication that you’ll have to learn quickly. Some of them you’ll see every day, like work schedules. Some you might see only once, like a staff manual. And some you hope you’ll never see at all, like workplace accident reports.

Whatever the communication form, the more you know about it in advance, the better.

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

Reading work schedules

Work schedules are a good place to begin, when looking at forms of workplace communication.

You’re the “New Employee” on the schedule below. You need to figure out when you’re supposed to work this week. Read the schedule carefully and answer the questions that follow. Don’t make a mistake – your employer won’t be happy if you come to work late or, even worse, not at all!

Weekly Work Schedule

Department: Bakery

Week Ending: March 9/13

Employee and Assignment

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Derek

Day

Off

Off

Morning

Morning

Evening

Evening

Caleigh

Off

Evening

Evening

Evening

Day

Day

Off

New Employee

Off

Day

Day

Morning

Morning

Evening

Off

Hyn

Morning

Morning

Morning

Off

Evening

Off

Day

Locklin

Evening

Off

Day

Day

Off

Morning

Morning

Jessica

Day

Day

Off

Off

Day

Day

Day

Morning: 6am – 12pm
Day: 9am-5pm
Evening: 4:00pm-10:00pm

How many days are you working this week?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

5

 

What time do you have to be at work on Wednesday?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

6 a.m.

 

When does your shift end on Friday?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

10 p.m.

Was it different reading information found in chart form versus information provided in a paragraph? In what ways was reading a chart exactly the same as reading an information paragraph? In what ways was it different?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

What is the same is that you read rows or lines of information from left to right. And in both cases you are reading to gain specific pieces of information. What is different is that you must read around the chart: reading titles and legends and labels, and then going back to rows or lines again.

Reading information booklets

Once you are hired, it’s common to be given a staff manual to read – another form of workplace communication. The staff manual is often in booklet form and explains various things you’ll need to know.

Do an Internet search using the terms “HR stuff” and “sample employee handbook.” Read through the sections quickly, looking only for the main ideas, so that you understand what is found in each section.

Match these sections from a staff manual with what goes in them.

Question 1Staff manualselect:Accompanies goods and services as a record for their receiptGiven to new employees, reference for employees as questions ariseProfits, bonuses, sales projectionsBrief communication from supervisors/employers to employees informing of new steps to take

Question 2Graphselect:Accompanies goods and services as a record for their receiptGiven to new employees, reference for employees as questions ariseProfits, bonuses, sales projectionsBrief communication from supervisors/employers to employees informing of new steps to take

Question 3Invoiceselect:Accompanies goods and services as a record for their receiptGiven to new employees, reference for employees as questions ariseProfits, bonuses, sales projectionsBrief communication from supervisors/employers to employees informing of new steps to take

Question 4Memoselect:Accompanies goods and services as a record for their receiptGiven to new employees, reference for employees as questions ariseProfits, bonuses, sales projectionsBrief communication from supervisors/employers to employees informing of new steps to take

Submit

 

Why is a booklet or manual a more useful way to present this kind of workplace information, rather than using a story format?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

It is useful because you can go to the particular section that you are interested in, rather than reading through the whole thing.

 

 

Was it different reading information found in a booklet, versus a story format such as a novel or a short story? In what ways?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Yes, it was different reading information found in a booklet or manual format, compared to that found in a novel or short story. With a booklet or manual, you can choose the sections that you want to read at any particular time. But with a novel or short story, you have to read it in order, from beginning to end. With a booklet or manual, the order you read in doesn’t matter.

 

Reading financial documents

Graphs in a finance report

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.04.04a.jpeg

 

Next, have a look at three different kinds of financial documents and some tips for reading them.

Graphs

A graph is a picture containing information. The picture provided by a graph helps you to see information more quickly than you would if you were reading a table of data. But you need to know how to read a graph, and how to find out what it is about.

There are four main elements in a line graph:

  • The title
  • The vertical axis (or y-axis)
  • The horizontal axis (or x-axis)
  • At least one line or set of bars

To read the graph:

  1. Read the title of the graph. What is it trying to show?
  2. Read the labels for each axis.
  3. Read the units and the scale used.
  4. Look for the patterns.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/ilo/14/reading_graphs/index.html

screengrab of How to read a graph activity screengrab of How to read a graph activity(Opens in a new window)Start(Opens in a new window)

Press Enter here for an accessible version of How to read a graph.(Opens in new window)

 

 

 

Y Axis of a graph

 y-axis x-axis Data

The title tells you what the graph is measuring.

 

 

 

Use the following graph to practise your graph-reading skills.

Sales volume bar graph for First Quarter 2012 and 2013 showing that sales were approximately $6 million in both January of 2012 and 2013, $4 million in February 2012, $3 million in February 2013, and about $4 million in March of both 2012 and 2013 https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.04.04b.jpg

 

 

 

What is the title of this graph?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Sales Volume for First Quarter 2012 and 2013

Which axis is reported in money?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

The vertical axis

What is the unit of money?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Millions of dollars

What pattern do you notice with respect to 2013 first-quarter sales?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Sales for each month of the first quarter are the same or lower than those in 2012

 

What would be the months of the third quarter of the year?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

July, August, September

 

 

 

Here is a line graph of the same information.

Sales volume line graph for First Quarter 2012 and 2013 showing that sales were approximately $6 million in both January of 2012 and 2013, $4 million in February 2012, $3 million in February 2013, and about $4 million in March of both 2012 and 2013 https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.04.04c.jpg

 

Which graph is easier for you to read? Why?

Student Answer

 

Invoices

Invoices are sent from the seller to the buyer. They indicate what has been sold and how much the buyer has to pay. In the workplace, you may have to send invoices to customers and check them whenever products are received.

There are nine pieces of information found on an invoice.

Paid invoice https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.04.04e.jpeg

 

 

Look at this invoice and see if you can identify what these nine pieces of information are.

 

 

 

From:
Scott's Computers
Elm Lane
Vaughan, ON
L6A 1P7

INVOICE

To:
D. Drake
Chestnut Avenue
Toronto, ON
M4L 1T8

Invoice #:     0000401

Invoice Date:     29/04/2013

Due Date:     29/07/2013

Description

Unit Price

Quantity

Amount

Laptop computer


 

699.99

1

699.99

   

Subtotal

699.99

 

(13%)

Sales tax

91.00

 

(TAX)

Total

790.99

   

Amount paid

500.00

   

Balance Due

290.99

 

 

Name the common pieces of information found on invoices.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

Company’s name and address, customer’s name and address, invoice number, invoice date, due date, item description, unit price, quantity, total amount, sales tax, amount paid, balance due

 

 

Memos

The final workplace communication form to look at is the workplace memo. A memo (short for memorandum) is generally used to:

  • provide or ask for information
  • announce a change
  • provide an update, or
  • clarify a process

How well can you read this memo? What is its purpose?

MEMORANDUM

To: DBE Staff

From: Colin Johns, President

Date: November 5, 2013

Re: Rumours

The rumour mill has been very busy and I’d like to set the record straight. Perhaps you have heard rumours to the effect that the company is going out of business, is being sold, or is merging. Well, I am pleased to tell you that the last is true. We are merging.

Effective January 1, we will become a wholly owned subsidiary of John Street Publishing Company. The senior management of John Street Publishing has asked me to let all DBE staff know of their sincere intentions to continue operating this division and to retain all current employees.

There are many benefits to be gained by the merger, and I would like to inform you of them personally. There will be a company-wide meeting in the auditorium on Monday, November 20, 2013 at noon. The meeting will be over lunch (provided by John Street Publishing), and members of the senior team will be on hand to personally answer any of your questions. All staff are expected to be in attendance.

I look forward to your full support as we enter into this new business arrangement.

What are the two purposes of the memo from the previous screen?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

End the rumours that have been circulating and announce the merger

 

What two things are employees expected to do as a result of this memo, and when?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Attend the meeting on November 20th and support the merger

 

 

Who wrote the memo? What is his position?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Colin Johns, the President of DBE

 

 

When was the memo written?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

November 5, 2013

 

 

 

Review

Match these workplace communication methods with their uses in the workplace.

Question 1Job descriptionsselect:Anti-harassment, anti-discrimination expectationsA list of the tasks performed with their responsibilitiesExtended health care, life insurance, pension plansHow to handle calls or questions from the mediaMedical, maternity, paternity, education leave info

Question 2Leave policiesselect:Anti-harassment, anti-discrimination expectationsA list of the tasks performed with their responsibilitiesExtended health care, life insurance, pension plansHow to handle calls or questions from the mediaMedical, maternity, paternity, education leave info

Question 3Media relationsselect:Anti-harassment, anti-discrimination expectationsA list of the tasks performed with their responsibilitiesExtended health care, life insurance, pension plansHow to handle calls or questions from the mediaMedical, maternity, paternity, education leave info

Question 4Standards of conductselect:Anti-harassment, anti-discrimination expectationsA list of the tasks performed with their responsibilitiesExtended health care, life insurance, pension plansHow to handle calls or questions from the mediaMedical, maternity, paternity, education leave info

Question 5Benefitsselect:Anti-harassment, anti-discrimination expectationsA list of the tasks performed with their responsibilitiesExtended health care, life insurance, pension plansHow to handle calls or questions from the mediaMedical, maternity, paternity, education leave info

Submit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report writing

A workplace incident has just occurred at your new job! Two employees have written incident reports of the situation. Which report do you think makes the most sense?

Cooking with fire in pan https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.04.09.jpeg

 

 

 

 

 

Incident Report #1 from Bob

Date

September 24

Time

12:35 p.m.

Location

Old MacDonald’s Seafood Restaurant

Employees involved

Bob McCaffy, Dylan Simon, Tina Perkins, Max Regge

Customers involved

Names on separate list

Report completed by

Bob McCaffy

Description of accident/incident

The fire trucks were called and they came, but before that we got everyone out, probably by 12:40 p.m. The fire trucks were called before that. It all started when Dylan and I were making an order of Old MacDonald’s sautéed mussels. I think it was the butter sauce. I was the one who got everyone out and Dylan called 911.

Injuries

No one was hurt.

Damage

The fire extinguisher made a mess.

Incident Report #2 from Dylan

Date

September 24

Time

12:35 p.m.

Location

Old MacDonald’s Seafood Restaurant

Employees involved

Bob McCaffy, Dylan Simon, Tina Perkins, Max Regge

Customers involved

Names on separate list

Report completed by

Dylan Simon

Description of accident/incident

At approximately 12:35 p.m., Bob and I were making an order of Old MacDonald’s sautéed mussels. When they were just about finished and we added the butter sauce, flames from the gas stove got out of control. We immediately tried to extinguish it, but couldn’t, so I called 911 at about 12:40 p.m. from my cell phone and Bob got everyone out of the restaurant. The fire trucks came immediately and had the fire out in no time.

Injuries

There were no injuries at all.

Damage

Only the mussel pan was ruined. There was some mess to clean up from the fire extinguisher.

 

Which report did you pick? If you’re like me, you probably found Dylan’s report easier to follow because it puts the events in the order that they happened. In other words, he wrote the incident report in chronological order.

 

 

Writing an incident report

This photo shows a workplace incident of theft. Write a draft incident report in chronological order using the template on the next two screens to inform your supervisor of what happened. You’ll have to make up the details.

Woman taking cash out of an envelope at her workplace.

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.04.10.jpeg

 

 

 

Accident/Incident report form

Date

Time

Location

Employees involved

Customers involved

Report completed by

Description of accident/incident

Injuries

Damage

The difference between an incident and an accident is that an accident involves an injury.

When you write an accident report, it’s important to be clear about what happened. Don’t make mistakes like the ones in the following examples. Rewrite each of these poorly written accident report statements, so that they make more sense.

1. Coming home, I drove into the wrong house, and collided with a tree I don’t have.

Student Answer

2. The other car collided with mine without giving warning of its intentions.

Student Answer

3. I thought my window was down, but I found out it was up when I put my hand through it.

Student Answer

4. I collided with a stationary truck coming the other way.

Student Answer

5. The guy was all over the road. I had to swerve a number of times before I hit him.

Student Answer

6. An invisible car came out of nowhere, struck my car and vanished.

Student Answer

Portfolio item

 

This accident has just occurred and you are giving your co-worker first aid.

Worker with injured arm. https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_03.04.12.jpeg

Task 1:

Look at the image and use your imagination to create a scenario about how this might have happened.

Task 2:

Open the “Accident Report Form(Opens in new window)” and save it to your computer.

Task 3:

Fill in this accident report form to submit to your employer. Make up the details of the accident but remember to write in chronological order and to be clear about what happened.

Task 4:

Save your finished work in your Portfolio folder and call the file Learning Activity 3.4 Portfolio Item.

Consolidation

Conclusion

At this point, you are almost three-quarters of the way through the course. Before you move on to the next learning activity, be sure that you have completed at least eight of the eleven items from the Supplementary Reading Package. Once you have done so, you can move on to learning activity 3.5.

 

 

 

  • Learning Activity 3.4z olc4o_03.04_accident_report
  • olc4o_03.04_how_to_read_a_graph
  • Learning Activity 3.4f olc4o_03.04_how_to_read_a_graph.

Lesson 3.5

Lesson  3.5 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

3.5   

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 4.5: Reflecting on my learning

 

Learning goals

We are learning to:

  • select your best work samples
  • write a reflective paragraph on each item selected
  • write a concluding paragraph

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

Introduction

Congratulations, you’ve come a long way in developing your reading and writing skills. Now it’s time to show exactly how far you’ve really come!

Racing car crossing the finish line

In this learning activity, you will choose specific examples from all your assignments that fit particular criteria. This will give you a chance to look back over your past work and see how far you’ve developed your skills. It will also give you a chance to set your next reading and writing goals for improvement.

Best wishes as you take these final steps. Remember, take your time. Do a careful job and you will earn the mark that you deserve!

Action

Final Assessment of Learning

Portfolio and Analysis

You are near the end of this course. This is your final Assessment of Learning, which is used to evaluate your work based on established criteria and to assign a mark. Your teacher will provide you with feedback and a mark. This Assessment of Learning is worth 24% of your final mark for the course.

There are four tasks in this Assessment of Learning.

Good luck charms; rainbow with a horseshoe, gold coins, and a 4 leaf clover.

Task 1: Submit your Portfolio

There have been several times in this course when you have been asked to save something in your Portfolio folder. Now it is time to double-check that you have all the pieces.

Open your folder and use this “Portfolio Checklist(Opens in new window)” to make sure that you have all of the items.

Note: You must have both a rough copy and good copy, wherever it says that both are required.

 

Task 2: Identify your best work

Examining and reflecting on your work is a great way to see how far you’ve come and also to help set goals for the next steps in developing your reading and writing skills even further.

Look back at the writing you’ve done in this course and identify your four best samples of work.

Now prepare a document called Task 2: Identifying Particular Items. The only thing in this file should be four short paragraphs: one for each of your four best pieces of work.

Here is an example of a well-written paragraph that identifies an exemplary piece of work and explains why it was chosen...

I selected my essay called “Ban Cell Phones from Movie Theatres” because it is a good example of my best work. Prior to writing this I did not know how to write an essay and was always unsure of exactly what was required. During the learning activity I learned the steps involved. My biggest concern was that I had to develop something that would be long enough. But once I filled in the template and looked back at examples I got the idea. I did many drafts to improve my wording and I feel proud of how it turned out. I think that it follows the required format and also has strong arguments for my side. In future essays, I’ll know what to do and will challenge myself further by trying to include four reasons and adding more transition words. My “Ban Cell Phones from Movie Theatres” is an example of my best work and it sure helped my writing skills.

Note how this reflection follows the pattern of a well-written paragraph: topic, details, and conclusion. It begins by identifying the sample of work being discussed: what it is and why it has been selected. Then it tells the story of the student’s experience before, during, and after the assignment. Finally, it concludes with a sentence that summarizes and restates the main idea.

 

Task 3: Submit your Notebook

Write one last reflection that includes answers to the following questions. Write it as a letter to the author of the course.

  • How did you feel about reading and writing at the start of the course?
  • Have your feelings changed? Do you feel any more capable? Explain.
  • What has been the most useful skill you’ve learned in this course?
  • What was your favourite learning activity? What did you like about it?
  • If you could give one piece of advice to another student before they start this course, what would you tell them?
  • How will you continue to develop your reading and writing skills after finishing this course? Add this Logbook entry to your other Logbook entries. Use this "Notebook Entry Checklist"(Opens in new window) to make sure that you have them all.

 

 

Task 4: Submit your independent reading answers and Reading Log

You have been working away independently since the beginning of the course on the reading assignments in the Supplementary Reading Package(Opens in new window). Put those answers together now and submit them too.

Consolidation

Final Assessment of Learning

Congratulations! You’ve finished the final learning activity in OLC4O. You’ve learned many new reading and writing techniques and had a chance to practise them all. Now comes the fun part: applying your new reading and writing skills to real life. Your new skills will stay with you for the rest of your life, and you’ll be surprised at how much they can help you achieve your goals at school, in your community, in the workplace, and anywhere else you choose. Good luck!

Happy young woman in a field of flowers https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.05.03.jpg

 

Now read your final instructions for submitting your Assessment of Learning.

Final instructions

You will receive three kinds of feedback:

  • Your teacher will highlight the phrases on the rubric that best describe your assignment to show you how you have done.
  • Your teacher will also provide you with detailed comments about the strengths of your assignment, the areas of the assignment that need improvement, and the steps you should take to improve your work in the future.
  • The final piece of feedback that you will receive is your mark. Each of the four categories of knowledge and skills is weighted equally at 25 marks, making a total of 100 marks. The final mark on this Assessment of Learning is determined by your teacher based on their professional judgement of the requirements for the assignment.

Rubric

Pay careful attention to the following rubric. This rubric will be used by your teacher to assess your work. You should refer to it too, so you’ll know exactly what your finished assignment should include.

 

Knowledge & Understanding

Expectations

  • Task 4
    Explain the purpose and uses of personal reflections (e.g., for self-assessment; to demonstrate personal growth in reading and writing; to set goals)
  • Review the record of their progress in their learning journal, as well as the reading response and writing samples produced during the course

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

 

Thinking

Success Criteria:

  • Task 2
    For each of the required types of texts read (i.e., informational, narrative, graphic) and forms of writing produced (i.e., summary, information paragraph, opinion piece, news report), decide independently which are their most successful reading responses and pieces of writing and explain briefly, in writing, the reasons for their choice

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Communication          

Success Criteria:

  • Task 3
    Construct personal reflections, in paragraph form, choosing a clear focus and using appropriate examples to explain their thinking (e.g., set goals for reading)

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Application

Success Criteria:

  • Task 1
    Students will independently produce a minimum of one summary, one information paragraph, and two series of paragraphs for evaluation
  • An inventory, with completion dates of all the pieces of writing produced, identifying them as working drafts, revised drafts for evaluation, or polished pieces
  • All working drafts of reading responses and writing selections produced during the course
  • All reading responses and writing selections submitted for evaluation during the course
  • All pieces that have been polished (e.g., for presentation and display)

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Assessment of Learning: Teacher-marked

Submission

This is your Unit 4 assessment for feedback and a grade. This assessment is worth 24% of your course grade.

The teacher will assess your work using the rubric. Before submitting your assessment, review the rubric to ensure that you are meeting the success criteria to the best of your ability.

When you are ready, submit your assessment for feedback and a grade by selecting the “Assignment” link and follow the submission directions.

Final Test

Next Steps

Congratulations on completing the 70% term work for this course. Now it is time to prepare for the 30% Final Test.

Before you write the Final Test, take the time to write the Practice Test(Opens in new window). The Practice Test uses the same format, types of questions, marking scheme and length as the Final Test. Once you have completed the Practice Test, be sure to compare your answers to the Practice Test Suggested Answers(Opens in new window).

Once you have successfully completed the Assessment of Learning, you will receive an email confirming that you are eligible to write the Final Test.

 

  • Learning Activity 3.5a Assessment of learning
  • olc4o_03.05_employee_manual
  • Learning Activity 3.5f olc4o_03.05_employee_manual.

Unit 4 2022/12/14

Course is provided through open source at the following link:

Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

Unit 4 : 

5 Lessons

Indicate Topic Title / brief Description

Approximate Time

Spec. Expec. optional)

TOPIC:  4.1   Using reading strategies

5

TOPIC:  4.2   Summaries and information paragraphs

5

TOPIC:  4.3   News reports

4

TOPIC:  4.4   Writing an opinion essay

4

TOPIC:  4.5   Reflecting on my learning

5

TOPIC: Unit Summative (Test or TASK) 

3

 

28 hours

Lesson 4.1

Lesson 4.1 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

4.1   Using reading strategies

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 4.1: Using reading strategies

Learning Goals

In this lesson, you will:

  • review the reading strategies you have already learned in this course
  • create a visual to help you remember one of the strategies
  • learn three new reading strategies:
    • The 4 Ps
    • Focus on functions
    • The 4 Qs
  • apply those reading strategies to reading three new types of text:
    • How-to articles
    • Editorials
    • Biographies

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

 CloseReturn to Learning Activity

Minds On

Introduction

Welcome to Learning Activity 4.1! In the final learning activities, you’ll show how much your reading and writing skills have improved. Be sure to give your best effort in these final learning activities, not only to make sure that you get a good grade, but because strong reading and writing skills will help you to achieve your goals for the rest of your life.

In this learning activity, you’ll learn three powerful new reading strategies and practise them on three new types of reading passages: editorials, how-to articles, and biographies.

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

 

Reading strategies

Wow! You have already learned a lot of reading strategies. Click the tabs to read a brief summary of each reading strategy that has been taught in the course so far.

 

 

 

Reading strategies

Directed reading strategy

In this strategy, you ask a series of questions: What do I already know? What do I recognize? What do I need to find out? What do I know now?

KWL Teaching Strategy

K

Knowledge students have given about a given topic.

W

What else students want to, or need to learn about the topic.

L

Learned information about the topic after investiagtion or study.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reading strategies

Wow! You have already learned a lot of reading strategies. Click the tabs to read a brief summary of each reading strategy that has been taught in the course so far.

Graphic representations strategy

In this strategy, you use a graphic organizer to show the relationships between what you have read.

Example of Graphic Representations Strategy in the form of a fish with Factor 1 and 2 at the head with details in both, and factor 3 and 4 at the tail with details in both and the main topic flowing from the head to the tail.

 

 

Learning logs strategy

In this strategy, you reflect on what you have read, discussed, or experienced. A learning log deals with more than feelings or reactions. Learning logs include thoughts about content and skills.

Learning Log

Date

Activity
(what, where, when, how long, etc)

Who was there
(staff, others etc)

What worked well about the activity?
What should continue?
What did you learn?

What didn't work?
What must be different?
What did you learn?

         
         
         
         
         

 

 

 

Paraphrasing and summarizing strategy

In this strategy, you put what you have learned in your own words. You use the sub-headings and format of the text to help you.

An approach to paraphrasing

  • Deep understanding of the material
  • Reword, rephrase, restructure
    • Reread the passage you intend to paraphrase
    • Highlight the ideas that support your argument
    • Without looking at the original passage write the important ideas in your own words
    • Check to make sure that you have reworded, rephrased, and restructure the text.

 

 

 

 

 

 

RAFT strategy

In this strategy, you assume the Role of someone else. You read from their perspective. You consider who the Audience is for the written work. You look at the Format of what you have read. You zone in on the Topic. When you listened to audiotapes of people in different occupations talking about their use of reading, you were really using the RAFT process, but you were applying it to listening.

RAFT WRITING TEMPLATE
Name:

Role


Type paragraph or work.

Audience

Format

Topic

 

 

 

Structured note-taking strategy

In this strategy, you use a note-taking tool to help you read so you can select, organize, and remember what you have read. This system makes you focus on the main idea and the supporting details.

Structured Note-Taking: Essays main idea stated in thesis statement: supporting point 1 – main idea of body paragraph 1 stated in topic sentence 1 – Supporting details for body paragraph 1, Supporting point 2 – main idea of body paragraph 2 stated in topic sentence 2 – Supporting details for body paragraph 2, Supporting point 3 – main idea of body paragraph 3 stated in topic sentence 3 – Supporting details for body paragraph 3.

 

 

Vocabulary strategy

In this strategy, you use the clues that are available to you in prefixes or suffixes or root words, or sometimes in the rest of the sentence in which the word is found. You can also use acronyms to help you remember what you've read.

Apposition

The word is followed by the definition, which is set off by a comma.
(word, definition)

Context Clues

Find other words in the sentence to figure out the meaning of the unknown word

Word Structure

Break the word into meaningful pieces.

 

 

Sequencing strategy

In this strategy, you use the order of ideas to help you read and understand.

Enter the question:

Arrange the steps in the correct sequence.

Enter the answers in the correct order:

A

Chock the wheels

B

Raise the car

C

Loosen the wheel nuts

D

Remove the wheel nuts

E

Replace the tire

F

Return the wheel nuts

G

Tighten the wheel nuts

H

Lower the car

 

 

 

Ordering strategy

In this strategy, you sort items into groups or categories as a way of understanding what you are reading.

Three intertwined circles with different shapes in all spaces

 

 

Inference strategy

In this strategy, while you are looking at an image or graph, or reading a passage, there is a voice inside your head that is continually asking questions about what you are looking at or reading. That voice inside your head is curious! Let it ask! But you have to answer it, too, and when you do, that's using a reading strategy. At the very beginning of the course, you were asked to look at images and continually ask yourself questions about what you were seeing. Very often, we "see" more than we know.

What I see in the text or pictures

Detective with magnifying glass

My schema

Brain with words inside

What I infer

The detective and brain with arrows pointing to the word infer

I see...


 

I know...


 

I infer...


 

 

 

Portfolio item

 

Task 1:

Choose one of the reading strategies.

Task 2:

Find a hand-drawn or computer-found image that helps you to visualize that strategy.

Task 3:

Add an explanation to the image so that, together, the image and words instantly remind you of what that strategy is all about.

Task 4:

When you’ve finished, scan or save the file as Learning activity 4.1 Portfolio Item.

Here is one that has been done for you.

Ice cubes in a drinking glasshttps://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.01.02.jpeg

 

This picture of ice blocks is to help you remember the KWL reading strategy. How? Because ice is cool, and the letters KWL remind us of how to spell the word “cool” in a cool way: “KEWL.” Once you remember the letters KWL, the ice block helps you to remember what the letters mean.

K: What do I Know? I Know it’s an ice block.

W: What do I Want to know? I Want to know what’s inside the ice block. To find out, I wait for the ice to melt, and pass the time by reading the reading passage.

L: What have I Learned? The ice has melted by the time I’ve finished reading, so I’ve Learned what was inside the ice block.

So, in effect, I learned something new while I was reading. Pretty KEWL, huh?


Three new strategies

That was a long list of strategies. But, just to top things off, here are three more to learn!

The 4 Ps

What are the 4 Ps? Together they form another reading strategy.

  • Purpose
  • Preview
  • Plan
  • Perform

Imagine that your school, as part of a learning activity on global warming, is organizing students to plant cedar trees on the school property.

Use the 4 Ps to read this article entitled “Care of Cedar Trees(Opens in new window).”

People planting trees

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.01.03.jpg

Purpose:

You need to know how to plant and care for the cedar trees that you plant at the school. What specific information will you look for in the article?

Student Answer

Show Suggested Answer

Example: How deep should they be planted?

 

Preview:

Find out about the things you’ll need. Make a list.

Student Answer

 

 

 

 

Plan:

Are there any words or terms that you don’t know? How will you find the meanings of words you don’t know?

Student Answer

 

Perform:

Could you follow these instructions if you wanted to? Explain.

Student Answer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Focus on functions

Before you read a piece of text, think about:

  • Its purpose: why was it written?
  • The text’s functions: what methods are used to achieve its purpose?

A well-written piece of text will usually have only one purpose, but will use several functions. Knowing the functions will help you understand what the writer is trying to tell you.

For example:

Purpose: An editorial is an article in a newspaper whose purpose is to express an opinion. That is one purpose.

Functions: But the author of the editorial can achieve his or her purpose in many ways:

  • By explaining or interpreting a situation to get the readers to see the problem
  • By criticizing something
  • By persuading readers to agree with the author
  • By praising the decisions or actions of others

Read this Toronto Star editorial entitled “Elections Ontario fails to safeguard voters’ personal information(Opens in new window)” to answer the questions.

Questions:

What is the author’s interpretation of the situation?

Student Answer

Show Suggested Answer

  • People don’t guard their privacy as much these days as they provide personal information on Facebook and other sites.
  • It’s one thing for people to choose to give away their privacy, but we’d expect the government to keep our information private.

 

 

What does the author criticize?

Student Answer

Show Suggested Answer

  • The Ontario government did not keep 2.4 million voters’ information private.
  • Two USB memory sticks vanished from an Elections Ontario warehouse containing names, addresses, gender, etc., of voters.
  • The chief electoral officer, Greg Essensa, knew this in April, but did not inform the premier, Dalton McGuinty, or the privacy commissioner until July.
  • There are rules against storing personal information on portable devices but these were not followed.
  • There was enough information there for thieves to access bank accounts.

 

 

What does the author try to persuade others to do?

Student Answer

 

Show Suggested Answer

  • Essensa should immediately implement the changes that the police and privacy commissioner recommend.
  • Ensure that Elections Ontario follows the rules
  • Alert the public immediately if this happens again

 

Does the author praise anything? If so, what?

Student Answer

Show Suggested Answer

The recommendations of the privacy commissioner and police.

 

 

 

Using your reading strategies, read this Toronto Star letter to the editor entitled “Park admissions too high(Opens in new window).”

 

Question 1 of 4

The author, John Blake, tries to explain or interpret the problem by stating that:

People who are on a pension and people in lower-paying jobs with families can’t afford the admission fees.

Only people on pension find it too expensive.

Ontario Parks pays their employees too much.

There are not enough provincial parks.

 

Question 2 of 4

Blake criticizes (what he feels is a problem):

The location of provincial parks, which is a barrier for people wanting to visit them

The low cost of admission into provincial parks, which is a barrier for people wanting to visit them

The high cost of admission into provincial parks, which is a barrier for people wanting to visit them

There is nothing he tries to explain or interpret.

 

Question 3 of 4

Blake tries to persuade and offer a solution of:

Continuing to charge $19.25 per car for a day pass and $15.25 for a senior

A $50 season pass to a park

Building more provincial parks

Firing Ontario Parks from managing the provincial parks.

 

Question 4 of 4

Blake praises:

Nothing

The Sandbanks park

The cost of admission

The management of Ontario Parks

 

 

The 4 Qs

I know what you are thinking: here’s another one! How will you keep the 4 Ps and the 4 Qs straight? The important thing to remember about reading strategies is that they don’t cancel each other out! Each new one you learn only adds to your abilities as a reader. So, keep your list handy!

The 4 Qs is really a group of strategies that tells you how to answer questions about a text. There are four basic types of questions, and you have to do something different to answer each type of question.

  • Right there questions
    The answer is printed in the text. All you have to do is find it and copy it, because it is right there!
  • Putting it together questions
    The answer is in the text, but it’s spread out. You can still copy the answer, but you have to find all of the parts first and then put them together.
  • On my own questions
    The answer is not in the text. To answer these questions, you have to draw on your own personal knowledge and experience.
  • Text and me questions
    The information you need for answering the question is in the text, but you have to think about it and build on it first. You need the text and your own ideas.

The 4 Qs is a great strategy to use when you are reading a biography.

 

 


Reading biographies

A biography is the story of a person’s life.

Ken Dryden was a famous NHL goaltender in the 1970s. He retired at a young age to become a lawyer and then a politician.

Read this Legends of Hockey biography of “Ken Dryden(Opens in new window)” and then answer the questions using reading strategy 3: the 4 Qs.

Ken Dryden's goalie mask

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.01.06.jpg

 

 

 

Right there question: How many times did Dryden win the Stanley Cup?

Student Answer

 

Show Suggested Answer

Six

 

Putting it together question: What individual NHL awards did Dryden win?

Student Answer

Show Suggested Answer

  • Conn Smythe Trophy
  • Calder Trophy
  • Vezina Trophy

 

On my own question: Dryden’s nickname was “The giraffe.” Can you think of another athlete with an unusual nickname?

Student Answer

Show Suggested Answer

Text and me question: What do you think is Dryden’s greatest achievement? Why?

Logbook entry

 

Think about the following questions and then write answers to them in your Logbook. Call the file Learning Activity 4.1 Logbook Entry and be sure to save the file in your Logbook folder.

  • Which of the reading strategies that you reviewed and learned about in this learning activity did you find interesting? Explain.
  • Which of the reading strategies have you used a lot? Who taught you this strategy?
  • Which strategy do you think you will use more often from now on? Explain.

Consolidation

Conclusion

You’ve broken the ice! You don’t have too far to go now. Stay focused and get ready to tackle the next learning activity!


 

 

  • MPA Online Journal log revised 2
  • olc4o_04.01_ken_dryden
  • Learning Activity 4.1f olc4o_04.01_ken_dryden
  • olc4o_04.01_ken_dryden
  • olc4o_04.01_park_admisssions.
  • olc4o_04.01_elections_ontario
  • olc4o_04.01_care_cedar_trees.
  • Learning Activity 4.1z Portfolio Item.

Lesson 4.2

Lesson 4.2 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

4.2   

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

4.2   Summaries and information paragraphs

 

 

 

 Learning goals

What you will learn:

  • read text in order to write summaries
  • write effective summaries
  • read text in order to write information paragraphs
  • write information paragraphs
  • use context clues to discover the meaning of unknown words

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

Summarizing what you read

Tiled steps in the city

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.02.01.jpg

                  It doesn’t really matter how long a reading passage is. You will always follow the same basic steps:

  1. Read the text once without highlighting or circling any of its text.
  2. Pay attention to the author’s purpose for writing the paragraph.
  3. Reread the passage.
  4. Write down the author’s most important idea.
  5. Write down all of these supporting details in the order in which they appear.
  6. Explain each of these key ideas in your own words.
  7. Write the answers to who, what, when, where, why, and how in sentences, in your own words.
  8. Compare your summary to the original paragraph.
  9. Discard any trivial information.

Action

 

 

 

Summarizing a visual text

Use the steps that you have learned to summarize the following three items.

Read the first one, then write the summary. Read the second one, then write the summary. And so on.

Remember, practice makes perfect!

Be sure that you make a sincere effort to write the summaries yourself.

Gold pocket watch

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.02.02.jpg

 

Item #1: “Writing a summary of a story(Opens in new window)

Student Answer

Alberta oil sands with smoke billowing from smoke stacks

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.02.03.jpg

 

Item #2: “Writing a summary of a textbook reading(Opens in new window)””

Student Answer

Cyclist

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.02.04.jpg

 

 

Item #3: “Writing a summary of a news article(Opens in new window)

Student Answer

 

Not everything that you summarize will be written down. Sometimes you have to summarize something you’ve seen, heard, or experienced. In such cases, you have to pick out only the most important information: the main idea and the answers to the 5 W and 1 H questions.

Cinema objects: Film reel, popcorn, soft drink, admission ticket, and clapperboard

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.02.05.jpg

 

 

 

Using the information in the table, this is the summary Amir wrote:

Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone is a remarkable fantasy movie with an exciting story and memorable characters. Set in the present day, it’s about a boy named Harry Potter who discovers that he is a wizard after being treated poorly by his aunt and uncle. He goes off to wizard school at Hogwarts Castle. There he makes some close friends and discovers that his parents were killed by a famous and evil wizard. Harry ends up defeating the evil wizard with the magic he’s learned and with the help of his friends. Harry is a special wizard and it’s a great movie to see for the first time or even again.

Title

Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone

Main idea

It’s a fantasy movie with a great story and characters

Who

Harry Potter

What

Finds out he is a wizard and goes to wizard's school

Where

Hogwarts Castle

When

Present day

Why

To learn to become a wizard and combat the evil wizard who killed his parents

How

With the help of his friends and with the magic they learned

Conclusion

A great movie to see for the first time or again

 

Portfolio

 

Task 1:

Choose a movie you’ve seen recently.

Task 2:

Complete the “Movie Information(Opens in new window)” table. Fill in the table with the most important information.

Task 3:

Now open a Word file and write a one-paragraph summary for your friend. Make the movie sound as interesting as you can, so your friend will want to watch it too.

Task 4:

Save your table and summary in one file called Learning activity 17 Portfolio Item and save it in your Portfolio folder

Writing an information paragraph

This is not a new skill. You learned how to do this earlier in the course. Do you remember how to go about it? Remember…think hamburger!

Cinema objects: Film reel, popcorn, soft drink, admission ticket, and clapperboard

Now that you remember what an information paragraph is all about, it is time to practise writing some. Here is a list of topics. Choose at least three to write about. Your paragraphs should be at least five sentences long.

Topic list

  • A music group
  • An ethnic food
  • Jobs of the future
  • The advantages of cell phones
  • Public transit of the future
  • Green energy
  • Underwater farming

This is your last chance to practise before the Final Test.

Once again, make a sincere effort to complete the task on your own.

Consolidation

Assessment for Learning: Self-evaluation

Career-planning essay

You are getting close to the end of this course. This is an Assessment for Learning, so no marks will be assigned; instead, the assessment will help you determine where you are in your learning, where you need to go, and how best to get there. For this final Assessment for Learning, you get to be the assessor and evaluate your own work

You will write a series of information paragraphs explaining your career goal and the courses you plan to take to achieve it.

There are six tasks in this Assessment for Learning.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Task 1: Select a carrer

 

 

https://www.ontario.ca/page/choose-career

 

Imagine that you’ve decided to follow a new career path. For that, you’ll need to upgrade your education by taking some career-related courses.

Peform an online search for the Ontario Ministry of Advanced Education and Skills Development(Opens in new window) website. Navigate to the website and then use the Search occupations tool (under the Job trends and outlook section) to find a career that you would like to pursue.

 

 

 

 

Task 2: Brainstorm

 

 

Download this “Career Planning(Opens in new window)” template and save it to your computer. Fill in the top section with information about your chosen career. Remember to include the web address (URL) of the information page at the Ontario Ministry of Advanced Education and Skills Development website. Brainstorm three possible courses that you could take to improve your chances of getting into your chosen career.

 

Task 3: Research courses

 

Look for information about the courses you should take. You can find it by searching for postsecondary, apprenticeship, and adult learning programs on the Ministry’s website.

 

 

 

 

 

Task 4: Complete the template

 

 

Find three specific courses that you want to take and fill in the bottom section of the template.

 

Task 5: Write your essay

 

When you have all your information, open a new document and write your career-planning essay. The first paragraph will have information about your chosen career, and the next three paragraphs will have information about the courses you plan to take. Write a short concluding paragraph to remind the reader of your career goal and how you plan to achieve it.

 

 

Task 6: Add essay to your portfolio

Save your essay in a file called Learning activity 4.2 Portfolio Item in your Portfolio folder.

 

Feedback

Since you are the assessor, you will provide the feedback through a rubric. You must complete the rubric in order to proceed with the course.

When using the rubric, ask yourself what comments you would make if you had never seen this assignment before. What are its strengths? What areas need improvement? What steps should you take before submitting another assignment like this one?

Rubric

Pay careful attention to the following rubric. Select the phrases that best describe your assignment.

Knowledge & Understanding

 

Expectations

  • Demonstrate the ability to read independently for personal, school-related, and career-related purposes

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

 

 

Thinking

 

Success Criteria:

  • Use appropriate strategies for gathering supporting ideas and information from print and electronic sources (e.g., pose questions to guide their search; make jot notes to record information in their own words; assess the accuracy and relevance of information and the reliability of sources)

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

Communication

 

Success Criteria:

  • Construct clear, complete information paragraphs for a variety of purposes using correct paragraph structure

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

 

Application

Success Criteria:

  • Use appropriate strategies to organize ideas and information for writing (e.g., sort ideas into categories for an information paragraph; use a checklist to plan)

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Notebook

 

Write answers to the following questions in your Logbook. Call the file Learning activity 4.2 Notebook Entry and be sure to save the file in your Notebook folder.

  • What is easy for you to do when writing summaries?
  • What is difficult for you to do when writing summaries?
  • How can reading information paragraphs help you make decisions about your future?

 

 

 

  • Learning Activity 4.2f olc4o_04.02_writing_story_summary
  • Learning Activity 4.2f2 olc4o_04.02_writing_textbook_summary.
  • Learning Activity 4.2f3 olc4o_04.02_writing_news_summary.
  • Learning Activity 4.2z olc4o_04.02_movie_information
  • Learning Activity 4.2a.
  • olc4o_04.02_writing_story_summary
  • olc4o_04.02_writing_textbook_summary
  • lc4o_04.02_writing_news_summary
  • olc4o_04.02_movie_information
  • olc4o_04.02_career_essay_template

4.3

Lesson 4.3 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

4.3   

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 4.3: News reports

Learning goals

We are learning to:

  • review the inverted pyramid news model
  • learn more about the features of newspaper articles
  • practise strategies for reading newspaper articles
  • write a newspaper article based on a historical event

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

Introduction

Extra! Extra! Read all about it! You are almost ready for the final exam. And you are almost finished this course! Remember, now we will review the big skills that you have been learning, in order to make sure things are shipshape and ready to go.

Earlier in the course you learned about news articles: how to read them and how to write them. In this learning activity you’ll review what you learned and then take it to the next level: you’ll learn about the different parts of a news article and look for them in real articles that you search for online.

After that, you’ll be ready for an exciting challenge: imagining that you’re a reporter covering a famous historical event, and writing about it as if it just happened yesterday!

Action

Reading a news report

Organization

You remember from Learning activity 3.2, that news reports follow an “inverted pyramid” format, where the most important information is given at the beginning, and the least important is given at the end. We’ll expand this learning to focus on some additional details of news reports.

Upside down pyramid with “Most newsworthy info (who? What? When? Where? Why? How? At the top largest section, “Important details”, in the middle section, and “Other general info, background info” at the bottom smallest section of the pyramid.

The key characteristics that a newspaper report has are the following:

  • Headline (is the title of the article, and appears on the first line)
  • Byline (tells who wrote the article, and appears on the next line)
  • Lead paragraph (tells who, what, where, when, why, and how, and is the first paragraph in the article)
  • Body explanation paragraphs (adds detailed information about the first paragraph)
  • Ending concludes the article with final quotes, less important material, or information about a similar event

In order for you to get a better understanding of these different features, you will identify them in the Toronto Star newspaper article entitled “Lance Armstrong’s personal brand will still live strong.”

the toronto star logo

Lance Armstrong’s personal brand will still live strong

Published on Friday August 24, 2012
Morgan Campbell
Business Reporter

Thursday night an exasperated Lance Armstrong announced he would stop fighting the U.S. Anti-Doping Agency’s charges that he had used performance-enhancing drugs, prompting the USADA to move to strip the legendary cyclist of his seven Tour de France titles.

If the agency succeeds, the highest athletic achievements of the greatest philanthropist in sport will disappear from the record, but experts say Armstrong’s personal brand and powerhouse Livestrong foundation are sturdy enough to survive the loss of his Tour titles.

Since founding the Lance Armstrong Foundation in 1997, Armstrong, a testicular cancer survivor, has helped raise $470 million for cancer research.

 

“He’s aspires to inspire (and) for all the talent he had on the bike, his greatest talent was being a champion of hope,” says Sunny Pathak, president of SOS Media and brand manager to several pro athletes. “That’s the advice I’d give him. Fight the fight you believe you can win.”

Armstrong’s foundation was responsible for the yellow “LIVESTRONG” bracelets that were ubiquitous in the mid-2000s, and which have raised roughly $100 million for cancer research on their own.

Corporate support for the Armstrong foundation was just as strong, with sponsors ranging from Nike to Budweiser, and with the LIVESTRONG name gracing the home stadium of Major League Soccer’s Sporting Kansas City Franchise. American Century Investments introduced a line of mutual funds titled “LIVESTRONG Portfolios,” which earned strong reviews from investment industry analysts earlier this summer.

Thursday afternoon all three companies announced they planned to maintain their relationships with Armstrong and his foundation, even if he loses his Tour de France titles.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“The USADA may sanction Lance and attempt to strip his titles, but no one can take away what he’s done for the 28 million people around the world living with cancer,” an American Century spokesperson told The Associated Press on Friday.

That decision doesn’t surprise McMaster University marketing professor Manish Kacker, who points out that sponsors gravitate to Armstrong not because he defeated other cyclists but because he triumphed over cancer.

“Both Armstrong and Livestrong have a real track record in terms of raising funds for cancer,” says Kacker, who teaches at McMaster’s DeGroote School of Business. “There might be some people who will pull away from Livestrong, but the charity probably has enough momentum to continue moving forward.”

Armstrong’s continued marketing momentum also receives a boost from the strident belief among staunch supporters that he never used banned substances.

Unlike Ben Johnson, who lost medals, records and endorsements after testing positive for steroids in 1988, Armstrong has never flunked a drug test — a fact he emphasized in the carefully-worded statement announcing his intention to drop his fight against the USADA.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unlike Ben Johnson, who lost medals, records and endorsements after testing positive for steroids in 1988, Armstrong has never flunked a drug test — a fact he emphasized in the carefully-worded statement announcing his intention to drop his fight against the USADA.

He also stressed that he gave up the court case not because he was guilty, but because he was worn out from fighting against a prosecution he felt was unjust. Queen’s University marketing professor Ken Wong says that was the best possible way for Armstrong to play the hand he had been dealt.

“The absolute best is for him to be exonerated,” Wong says. “But perception was that he would be held to a different standard than what would be reasonable, that it was a kangaroo court and (he) was up against a stacked deck. If he believed that was the case, then this was the best thing for him to do.”

 

In the Toronto Star newspaper article above, what is the headline?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Lance Armstrong’s personal brand will still live strong

 

 

 

What is the byline in the article?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Morgan Campbell, Business Reporter

 

What is the lead paragraph in the article?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

The first paragraph: “Thursday night an exasperated Lance Armstrong announced he would stop fighting the U.S. Anti-Doping Agency’s charges that he had used performance-enhancing drugs, prompting the USADA to move to strip the legendary cyclist of his seven Tour de France titles.”

 

 

 

Where do the body explanation paragraphs in the article begin and end?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

The body explanation paragraphs start from the second paragraph and end at the second-last paragraph.

 

 

What is the ending in the newspaper article?

Student Answer

 

The quote by Ken Wong: “The absolute best is for him to be exonerated,” Wong says. “But perception was that he would be held to a different standard than what would be reasonable, that it was a kangaroo court and (he) was up against a stacked deck. If he believed that was the case, then this was the best thing for him to do.”

 

 

Reading a news article

The purpose of the inverted pyramid is to put the most important information at the beginning of the article where the reader can find it. In a well-written article, the reader should know the answers to all the 5 W and

1 H questions after reading just the first paragraph.

Read the following article from the Toronto Star entitled “Obama warns Syria of ‘enormous consequences’ over use of chemical, biological weapons.”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the toronto star logo

Obama warns Syria of 'enormous consequences' over use of chemical, biological weapons

U.S. President Barack Obama warned Syria that use of chemical or biological weapons could change the U.S. view on using force against the Assad regime.

By: Bradley Klapper Associated Press, Published on Tue Aug 21 2012

WASHINGTON—President Barack Obama said Monday the U.S. would reconsider its opposition to military involvement in the Syrian civil war if President Bashar Assad's beleaguered regime deploys or uses chemical or biological weapons. He called such action a "red line" for the United States.

Speaking to reporters at the White House, Obama said the use of such weapons of mass destruction would considerably widen a conflict that has already dragged on for a year-and-a-half and killed some 20,000 people, according to activists. Syria possesses extensive chemical and biological weapons stockpiles and has threatened to use them if the country comes under foreign attack.

 

 

 

 

 

 

"That's an issue that doesn't just concern Syria. It concerns our close allies in the region, including Israel. It concerns us," Obama said, also acknowledging the possibility that militant groups might acquire some of those weapons. "We cannot have a situation where chemical or biological weapons are falling into the hands of the wrong people."

The president noted that he has not ordered any armed U.S. intervention yet, but said: "We have communicated in no uncertain terms with every player in the region, that that's a red line for us, and that there would be enormous consequences if we start seeing movement on the chemical weapons front, or the use of chemical weapons. That would change my calculations significantly."

The remarks outlined for the first time the point at which the administration could feel forced to intervene militarily in Syria's increasingly messy war, even if Obama stopped short of saying WMD use would necessarily prompt an American military response.

His administration has been reluctant to get too involved in Syria's spiraling violence out of fear that it would further militarize the conflict and worsen chances of a political solution. Continued deadlock at the United Nations means there is no clear mandate for the U.S. to help patrol Syrian airspace to stop airstrikes on rebel outposts, as Sen. John McCain and others have urged. And administration officials insist they know too little about much of Syria's opposition to start providing them weapons.

 

 

In issuing its threat last month, Syria acknowledged for the first time that it has what is believed to be among the biggest chemical and biological weapons programs in the world. Assad's military regime is believed to have mustard gas like the type used by Saddam Hussein against Iran and Iraq's Kurdish minority in the 1980s, as well as nerve agents such as tabun, sarin and VX that can be delivered in missiles, bombs, rockets, artillery shells or other large munitions.

Obama said U.S. officials were monitoring the situation "very carefully," and have assembled a range of contingency plans.

In response, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov warned the West on Tuesday against any unilateral action on Syria.

Russia and China have opposed military intervention in Syria throughout 17 months of bloodshed and have vetoed three UN Security Council resolutions backed by Western and Arab states that would have raised pressure on Damascus to end violence.

Lavrov spoke at a meeting with China's top diplomat one day after Obama said U.S. forces could move against Assad if he resorted to chemical weapons against insurgents.

 

 

Russia and China base their diplomatic cooperation on "the need to strictly adhere to the norms of international law and the principles contained in the UN Charter, and not to allow their violation," Lavrov said at a meeting with Chinese State Councillor Dai Bingguo.

"I think this is the only correct path in today's conditions," Lavrov told Dai, who also met President Vladimir Putin and his top security adviser, Nikolai Patrushev, on Monday for consultations went unannounced by the Kremlin.

Lavrov's remarks underscored Moscow's wish to keep international efforts to end Syria's crisis within the United Nations, where Russia and China wield clout as two of the five permanent Security Council members with veto power.

Obama's declaration of a "red line" comes two days before the top U.S. diplomat for the Mideast, Beth Jones, leads an interagency delegation to Turkey to begin work on plans for worst-case scenarios in Syria, paramount among them a chemical or biological weapons attack on regime opponents.

State Department spokeswoman Victoria Nuland said representatives of the Defence Department and U.S. intelligence community would be represented in the delegation. The U.S. and its NATO ally will sit down "together to share operational picture, to talk about the effectiveness of what we're doing now and about what more we can do," she said.

 

 

The planning work follows a meeting earlier this month between Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton and Turkish Foreign Ahmet Davutoglu in Istanbul, where they announced the creation of a Syria response team to co-ordinate military, intelligence and political strategies in the event of a chemical attack.

Israel is among the most concerned. It is worried that as Assad's grip on power loosens, it could transfer weapons to groups such as Hezbollah or Hamas that it has supported in the past. And it fears that if rebels seize chemical or biological agents, they could fall into the hands of al-Qaida linked fighters or other extremist elements now fighting for the opposition.

In Syria, government forces heavily shelled the cities of Aleppo and Daraa and a suburb of Damascus on the second day of the major Muslim holiday of the Eid al-Fitr marking the end of the holy month of Ramadan. Up to 30 people were killed, rights groups and activists said. After a lull in the civil war on the holiday's first day, Monday's renewed fighting showed Assad's regime was not letting up on its drive to quell the 18-month-old uprising out of respect for the occasion.

 

 

The U.S. has limited its aid so far to humanitarian relief and communications equipment while trying to help the opposition come up with a blueprint for a post-Assad future, which the U.S. says is only a question of time. The approach aims to avoid a repeat of the post-Saddam chaos in Iraq by preventing sectarian strife and ensuring that the state continues to supply water, electricity and other basic services. Officials have called this regime change with a "soft landing."

Obama reiterated his call for Assad to step down, while offering a realistic assessment of the chances for a peaceful solution.

"So far he hasn't gotten the message, and instead has doubled down in violence on his own people," the president said. "The international community has sent a clear message that rather than drag his country into civil war, he should move in the direction of a political transition. But at this point the likelihood of a soft landing seems pretty distant."

 

 

Newspaper

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

The Toronto Star

 

Date

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

August 21, 2012

 

 

URL

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

http://www.thestar.com/news/world/article/1244323--obama-warns-syria-over-chemical-biological-weapons-russia-warns-west

 

 

Headline

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Obama warns Syria of ‘enormous consequences’ over use of chemical, biological weapons.

 

Byline

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Bradley Klapper

 

 

 

 

 

 

Who / What / Where / When / Why / How

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

President Barack Obama

Threat against Syria

Washington

Monday

If Syria uses chemical or biological weapons

Possible military involvement

 

 

 

 

Finding information in a news article

Now find two recent news articles on your own and fill in the charts on the next two screens with information that you find in the first paragraph. Remember to include the web address (URL) of each article.

Look for your articles in Canadian newspapers such as the Toronto StarThe Globe and Mail, and the Ottawa Citizen, if possible. Alternatively, use the internet to look for other English language newspapers that are available to you.

Newspaper

Student Answer

Date

Student Answer

URL

Student Answer

Headline

Student Answer

Byline

Student Answer

Who / What / Where / When / Why / How

Student Answer

 

 

Headlines

The headline is the first thing the reader sees, so the newspaper reporter has to give it as much impact as possible. Headlines of major events can become icons of important moments in history. How many of these famous headlines from the world’s newspapers do you recognize?

Match the headline to the event.

Question 1The New York Times: “Racial Barrier Falls in Decisive Victory” [5th November 2008]select:Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., who fought for racial equality, is murdered in Tennessee.Manitoba becomes the first Canadian province to grant women the right to vote.Barack Obama becomes the first African American President of the United States.The ship that couldn’t be sunk sank. 1517 people lost their lives.

 

Question 2New York Daily News: “Gunned Down in Memphis” [5th April 1968]select:Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., who fought for racial equality, is murdered in Tennessee.Manitoba becomes the first Canadian province to grant women the right to vote.Barack Obama becomes the first African American President of the United States.The ship that couldn’t be sunk sank. 1517 people lost their lives.

 

Question 3Free Press Weekly: “It’s all over now, even the shouting” [January 1916]select:Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., who fought for racial equality, is murdered in Tennessee.Manitoba becomes the first Canadian province to grant women the right to vote.Barack Obama becomes the first African American President of the United States.The ship that couldn’t be sunk sank. 1517 people lost their lives.

 

Question 4New York Times: “Titanic Sinks Four Hours after Hitting Iceberg” [16th April 1912]select:Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., who fought for racial equality, is murdered in Tennessee.Manitoba becomes the first Canadian province to grant women the right to vote.Barack Obama becomes the first African American President of the United States.The ship that couldn’t be sunk sank. 1517 people lost their lives.

Submit

Consolidation

Portfolio

 

Earlier in the course, you wrote a news article with made-up information. Now it’s time for a bigger challenge: writing a news article about a historical event that actually happened.

Task 1:

Open this “News Report Template(Opens in new window).

 

Task 2:

Next, look up a historical event on Wikipedia. It could be a famous battle, disaster, discovery, sporting event, or any other event with major historical significance. If you don’t have any idea of what to choose, just enter a year into Wikipedia’s search field. Your search should return a list of events that happened that year.

 

Task 3:

Once you’ve chosen your event, fill in the template with information about it. Be sure not to include any information about what happened after the event – your article should be written as if the event just happened yesterday. You will need to make up a headline, but the rest should be based on reality.

Task 4:

Once you have enough information, you can begin to write your article. Be sure not to copy from the Wikipedia article. Not only is that plagiarism, but it won’t help you: Wikipedia articles aren’t written in the inverted pyramid style.

Task 5:

When you’ve written your article, be sure to edit and revise it. Check your work for mistakes and for places where you could improve the content. When you’re certain that the article is as good as you can make it, save it as Portfolio Item Learning activity 18 in your Portfolio folder.

Here’s a completed example of the news report template:

News Report Template Example(Opens in new window)

And here’s an article about the Battle of Waterloo, using the information in the template.

 

Battle of Waterloo

Napoleon Decisively Defeated at Waterloo

By (name)

June 19th, 1815 (notice that the article would appear in the newspaper the day after the battle)

Napoleon Bonaparte, the leader of France, suffered a decisive defeat yesterday when his army was routed by British and Prussian armies in a battle near the town of Waterloo, in Belgium. The British army, commanded by the Duke of Wellington, held its ground against the French until the Prussian army under Field Marshal von Blücher could arrive to attack the French army’s flank.

The battle began at around noon, with Napoleon trying to defeat the British army before the Prussians could arrive. The French artillery attacked first, followed by the cavalry, and then the infantry. The British army withstood all the attacks. Finally, in the evening, the Prussian army arrived on the field and attacked the French army’s right flank. The French army, worn out from hours of unsuccessful attacks against the British, soon collapsed, forcing Napoleon to retreat. The French suffered about 48 000 casualties in the battle, while the British and Prussians suffered about 24 000.

Napoleon had recently returned from exile and regained power in France, prompting other European countries to form an alliance against him and begin raising armies to invade France. The British and Prussian armies were the first to be mobilized, and they assembled in Belgium to await armies from other countries. Napoleon moved quickly, planning to attack and destroy the British and Prussian armies before other armies could join them. Marching his army into Belgium, Napoleon defeated both armies in battles on June 16th and forced them to retreat, but failed to destroy them. That set up the decisive battle at Waterloo two days later.

 

Now it’s your turn to write your article. Write it in a Word file and save it to your Portfolio. Call your file Learning activity 4.3 Portfolio Item. You will submit your article template and your news article at the end of learning activities.

You should be ready now to write a news article in the Final Test!

 

Reflection

  1. Was this task easy or difficult? Explain.
  2. Are you developing confidence in your skills as a reader and writer? What is helping you to develop confidence?
  3. Explain how far along you are with your independent reading assignments for the Supplementary Reading Package, found in your Locker.

Save this entry to your Logbook and call it Learning activity 4.3 Notebook Entry.

 

Conclusion

Keep managing your time well and you will finish this course successfully. You have only two learning activities to go!

 

  • Learning Activity 4.3z olc4o_04.03_news_report_template
  • olc4o_04.03_news_report_template

Lesson 4.4

Lesson 4.4 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

4.4   

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 4.4: Writing an opinion essay

 

Learning goals

We are learning to:

  • understand the purpose of each part of an opinion essay
  • write parts of opinion essays
  • organize an opinion essay
  • write a complete opinion essay

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

Introduction

Your point of view is important! Don’t let anyone tell you otherwise. In a democratic society like ours, in school and in the workplace, people want to know your opinion, so it’s important to be able to communicate what you think and why you think what you do.

Earlier in this course you learned how to write an opinion essay, which is a series of paragraphs that tries to convince the reader to agree with your point of view.

In this learning activity, you’ll learn more about how to plan and write each part of an opinion essay. By the end of the learning activity you’ll be able to choose an issue, choose a side, and write an essay to persuade the reader to agree with you.

Transparent speech bubbles

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.01.01.jpg

 

 

 

Acknowledgements(Opens in new window)

Action

Opinion essay introductions

The introduction to an essay is really important because it does two main things:

  • It identifies your opinion on a particular topic.
  • It briefly identifies your three reasons for taking this position.

That’s right. You have to decide. No sitting on the fence. No waffling. No “Yeah, buts.”

The introductory paragraph of an opinion essay states a clear opinion. This statement is usually called a thesis.

Look at these examples of effective and ineffective opening sentences:

  • Effective: Students should not have part-time jobs because they need to focus on being a student first.
  • Ineffective: There are pros and cons of having a part-time job when you are a student.
  • Effective: In order to succeed in life, you must have goals.
  • Ineffective: Goal-setting is sometimes a useful strategy in some situations.

You can see that the above ineffective sentences use general wording that is unclear: the first ineffective sentence states that there are pros and cons, but doesn’t say what they are; while the second one uses vague descriptions, such as “sometimes” and “in some situations.”

Writing an opinion essay introduction

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.03.01.jpg

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.03.01.jpg

 

 

Should cell phones be banned from movie theatres?

 

 

 

Write a clear thesis statement on this topic. Take a stand.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Yes sample: Cell phones are noisy and distracting, and should be banned from movie theatres.

No sample: Cell phones are essential for safety and communication, and should be allowed in movie theatres.

 

 

Develop three reasons for your side of why cell phones should or shouldn’t be allowed in movie theatres. These will be the topics of the body paragraphs of your essay.

Reason 1:Show Suggested Answer

 

Yes sample: The ring and the vibrating sound, as well as the person talking when answering the phone, are distracting to others in the theatre.

No sample: Cell phones are vital in case of emergencies and people need to be reached, even in movie theatres.

 

 

 

Reason 2:Show Suggested Answer

 

Yes sample: The lights and colours that show up when the owner of the cell phone is texting or gaming can distract others from the movie.

No sample: Cell phones should be allowed in movie theatres because if there is an emergency in the theatre, someone can quickly call for help.

 

 

 

 

Reason 3:Show Suggested Answer

 

Yes sample: A movie theatre is a place for leisure and a cell phone can actually prevent the person who owns it from relaxing and enjoying the movie.

No sample: With work being hard to find, these days, cell phones need to be allowed in movie theatres so that offers of jobs and interviews can be received, even in movie theatres.

 

 

 

Read these complete introduction paragraphs.

YES side

Cell phones are noisy and distracting, and should be banned from movie theatres. There are many reasons why theatres should enforce this ban. Firstly, the ring and the vibrating sound, as well as the person talking when answering the phone, are distracting to others in the theatre. Secondly, the lights and colours that show up when the owner of the cell phone is texting or gaming can distract others from the movie. Thirdly, a movie theatre is a place for leisure and a cell phone can actually prevent the person who owns it from relaxing and enjoying the movie. Cell phones should be banned from the movies for everyone’s pleasure.

 

NO side

Cell phones are essential for safety and communication and should be allowed in movie theatres. Cell phones are vital in case of emergencies and people need to be reached even in movie theatres. Cell phones should be allowed because if there is an emergency in the theatre someone can quickly call for help. Another reason is that for work reasons, cell phones need to be allowed so that people don’t miss important job-related calls. Cell phones are necessary for emergencies and work and should be allowed at the movies.

 

Practice

Look at the images below. Record your opinion on the topic in the text box.

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.03.02.jpg https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.03.02.jpg

 

TOPIC: Employers providing health club memberships for employees.

Student Answer

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.03.03.jpg

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.03.03.jpg

 

TOPIC: Requiring preschoolers to have vaccinations before they go to school.

Student Answer

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.03.04.jpg

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.03.04.jpg

 

TOPIC: Banning snacks and pop from high school vending machines and cafeterias.

Student Answer

 

 

Now choose one of your opinion statements from the previous screen and write a proper introductory paragraph for your opinion essay.

Your paragraph should have five sentences:

  • Sentence 1: Introductory sentence – state your opinion clearly.
  • Sentence 2: State your first reason in one sentence.
  • Sentence 3: State your second reason in one sentence.
  • Sentence 4: State your third reason in one sentence.
  • Sentence 5: Restate your opinion, with lots of oomph!

Student Answer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Body paragraphs

In the body paragraphs of the essay, each of your reasons gets a separate paragraph where more information is given.

Body paragraphs also have five sentences:

  • Sentence 1: Topic of the paragraph (which is one of the reasons for your opinion)
  • Sentence 2: One example or piece of evidence (e.g., it might answer how this is a good or a bad idea)
  • Sentence 3: One example or piece of evidence (e.g., it might answer why this is a good or a bad idea)
  • Sentence 4: One example or piece of evidence (e.g., it might answer when this is a good or a bad idea)
  • Sentence 5: Concluding sentence for the paragraph

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.04.01.jpg

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.04.01.jpg

 

 

 

 

Here is an example of the parts of body paragraphs:

Parts of body paragraphs

Example

Topic sentence

Junk food should be banned because its high sugar content is bad for students.

One example or evidence (how is this a problem?)

Too much sugar and junk food can affect the attention span and energy levels of students in class.

One example or evidence (why is this a problem?)

Sugar can give students with ADHD a serious problem - a sugar rush and energy crash.

One example or evidence (when is this a problem?)

Students with ADHD are more hyper in class when eating sugary food and can't concentrate on the lesson, preventing themselves and others from learning.

What could a concluding sentence for this paragraph be?

If students didn't eat junk food they would learn more and get more out of lessons.

 

 

 

Here is a body paragraph that needs help.

Using the guide for what the five sentences should do, identify the problem with this body paragraph.

Hint: How many examples or pieces of evidence are provided?

One reason that employers should provide health club memberships for their employees is that it will improve the employees’ performance at work. People who exercise regularly have more energy. Setting fitness goals and working to achieve them also increases people’s motivation. Energetic, motivated employees will work harder and better than those who don’t exercise.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

There are only two pieces of evidence or examples used to defend the idea presented in the opening sentence.

 

 

 

 

 

 

What about this second body paragraph? What is missing?

Hint: Look at the opening.

Some families object to vaccinations on religious grounds. Others might decide, for health reasons, to delay children’s vaccinations until they are older. Still others believe that vaccinations are unnecessary because most childhood diseases have been eradicated. By withholding the right of unvaccinated children to go to school, the government unfairly takes away the family’s right to choose what is best for the child.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

There should be an introductory sentence for this body paragraph but there isn't one.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Last chance. What is missing in this third body paragraph?

Hint: Look at the closing.

Another reason that snacks should be banned from vending machines at school is that vending machines encourage bad spending habits. A student who spends $2 a day on snacks can spend as much as $400 over the course of the school year without even realizing it. Also, the ease of buying snacks encourages students to spend money on things they don’t really need. Finally, vending machines’ bright colours and eye-catching advertising teaches students to seek instant gratification, rather than think carefully about how to spend their money.

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

There should be an introductory sentence for this body paragraph but there isn't one.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Put a bow on it!

The final paragraph in an essay is the conclusion.

  • It ties it all up.
  • It “seals the deal.”
  • It convinces the reader.

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.05.01.jpg

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.05.01.jpg

 

The biggest mistake that opinion essay writers make when writing the conclusions for their opinion essays is introducing new information. Repeat after me: No new information should be added in the concluding paragraph.

 

 

Question 1 of 1

Which of these concluding paragraphs introduces something new?

Therefore, because there are many activities, great sights to see, and a wide selection of food to eat, a cruise is a great choice for a family vacation.

In summary, for all the reasons noted, students place their academic success at risk by trying to go to school while holding a part-time job.

I hope that you are convinced that goal-setting is an excellent way to provide direction, motivation, and success in your life.

Yes, without question, wallpapering’s mess, peculiar requirements, and frustrations make it the worst of the household chores, but painting is pretty awful too.

 

The completed opinion essay

Read the opinion essay, "Should Cell Phones Be Banned in Theatres?"(Opens in new window) and then complete the chart.

 

Introduction – What is the thesis?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Cell phones should be banned from movie theatres.

Introduction – What are the three reasons?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

  1. Their sound bothers others.
  2. Their lights and colours bother others.
  3. They also disturb the owner of the cell phone.

 

Body paragraph 1 – What is the topic sentence of the 1st body paragraph? (Hint: 1st reason, but 2nd paragraph of the essay)

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Cell phones should be banned from movie theatres because their sound is distracting to others in the theatre.

 

 

 

Body paragraph 2 – What is the topic sentence of the 2nd reason?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Another reason why cell phones should not be permitted in movie theatres is that they can also be a visual distraction.

 

 

Body paragraph 3 – What is the topic sentence of the 3rd reason?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Movie theatres are a place for leisure and cell phones should be banned so that the owners of the cell phones can relax.

 

 

Does the conclusion restate the thesis?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Yes: Cell phones are noisy and distracting and should be banned from movie theatres.

 

 

 

Does the conclusion sum up the three reasons?

Student AnswerShow Suggested Answer

 

Yes: There is one sentence that retells about each of the three.

 

 

Portfolio item

 

Now it’s time for you to write your own opinion essay.

Task 1

Select one of these topics:

  1. A member of your family is thinking of backpacking around Europe for a year.
  2. Your town has proposed building a new mall close to your home.
  3. Your friend wants to start a new business.

Now decide if your opinion is yes or no.

Task 2

Open the "Opinion Essay Organizing Template"(Opens in new window) and save it to your computer. Complete the table with information for your essay.

Task 3

Use the template to write your first draft.

Task 4

Save your template and your rough draft as Portfolio Item learning activity 4.4 in your Portfolio folder.

Now open a Word document and write a good draft of your opinion essay. Save it to your Portfolio folder.

Edit and revise your work until it’s the best you can make it. You’ll be submitting it at the end of the course.

Consolidation

Conclusion

Just think, when you finish this learning activity, you only have one more to go!

Sports fan cheering

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_19.08.02.jpg

 

  • Learning Activity 4.4a
  • Learning Activity 4.4z Portfolio
  • olc4o_19_cell_phones_banned
  • olc4o_19_opinion_essay_template

Lesson 4.5

Lesson 4.5 is provided at the following link:  Ontario Secondary School Literacy Course (OLC4O) | Online Courses | TVO Learn

 

4.5  

 

Read through the lesson and complete all activities.  Be sure you submit all work to your teacher for assessment.

 

Learning activity 4.5: Reflecting on my learning

Learning goals

We are learning to:

  • select your best work samples
  • write a reflective paragraph on each item selected
  • write a concluding paragraph

 

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/learningGoals_successCriteria_bg.png

Minds On

Introduction

Congratulations, you’ve come a long way in developing your reading and writing skills. Now it’s time to show exactly how far you’ve really come!

Racing car crossing the finish line https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.05.01.jpg

 

In this learning activity, you will choose specific examples from all your assignments that fit particular criteria. This will give you a chance to look back over your past work and see how far you’ve developed your skills. It will also give you a chance to set your next reading and writing goals for improvement.

 

Best wishes as you take these final steps. Remember, take your time. Do a careful job and you will earn the mark that you deserve!

Action

 

Final Assessment of Learning

Portfolio and Analysis

You are near the end of this course. This is your final Assessment of Learning, which is used to evaluate your work based on established criteria and to assign a mark. Your teacher will provide you with feedback and a mark. This Assessment of Learning is worth 24% of your final mark for the course.

There are four tasks in this Assessment of Learning.

https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.05.02.jpgGood luck charms; rainbow with a horseshoe, gold coins, and a 4 leaf clover.

 

 

 

Task 1: Submit your Portfolio

 

There have been several times in this course when you have been asked to save something in your Portfolio folder. Now it is time to double-check that you have all the pieces.

Open your folder and use this “Portfolio Checklist(Opens in new window)” to make sure that you have all of the items.

Note: You must have both a rough copy and good copy, wherever it says that both are required.

 

Task 2: Identify your best work         

Examining and reflecting on your work is a great way to see how far you’ve come and also to help set goals for the next steps in developing your reading and writing skills even further.

Look back at the writing you’ve done in this course and identify your four best samples of work.

Now prepare a document called Task 2: Identifying Particular Items. The only thing in this file should be four short paragraphs: one for each of your four best pieces of work.

Here is an example of a well-written paragraph that identifies an exemplary piece of work and explains why it was chosen...

I selected my essay called “Ban Cell Phones from Movie Theatres” because it is a good example of my best work. Prior to writing this I did not know how to write an essay and was always unsure of exactly what was required. During the learning activity I learned the steps involved. My biggest concern was that I had to develop something that would be long enough. But once I filled in the template and looked back at examples I got the idea. I did many drafts to improve my wording and I feel proud of how it turned out. I think that it follows the required format and also has strong arguments for my side. In future essays, I’ll know what to do and will challenge myself further by trying to include four reasons and adding more transition words. My “Ban Cell Phones from Movie Theatres” is an example of my best work and it sure helped my writing skills.

Note how this reflection follows the pattern of a well-written paragraph: topic, details, and conclusion. It begins by identifying the sample of work being discussed: what it is and why it has been selected. Then it tells the story of the student’s experience before, during, and after the assignment. Finally, it concludes with a sentence that summarizes and restates the main idea.

 

Task 3: Submit your Notebook

Write one last reflection that includes answers to the following questions. Write it as a letter to the author of the course.

  • How did you feel about reading and writing at the start of the course?
  • Have your feelings changed? Do you feel any more capable? Explain.
  • What has been the most useful skill you’ve learned in this course?
  • What was your favourite learning activity? What did you like about it?
  • If you could give one piece of advice to another student before they start this course, what would you tell them?
  • How will you continue to develop your reading and writing skills after finishing this course? Add this Logbook entry to your other Logbook entries. Use this "Notebook Entry Checklist"(Opens in new window) to make sure that you have them all.

 

Task 4: Submit your independent reading answers and Reading Log

You have been working away independently since the beginning of the course on the reading assignments in the Supplementary Reading Package(Opens in new window). Put those answers together now and submit them too.

 

Consolidation

Final Assessment of Learning

Congratulations! You’ve finished the final learning activity in OLC4O. You’ve learned many new reading and writing techniques and had a chance to practise them all. Now comes the fun part: applying your new reading and writing skills to real life. Your new skills will stay with you for the rest of your life, and you’ll be surprised at how much they can help you achieve your goals at school, in your community, in the workplace, and anywhere else you choose. Good luck!

Happy young woman in a field of flowers https://courseware-openhouse.ilc.org/olc4o_html/assets/img/olc4o_04.05.03.jpg

 

Rubric

Pay careful attention to the following rubric. This rubric will be used by your teacher to assess your work. You should refer to it too, so you’ll know exactly what your finished assignment should include.

 

Knowledge & Understanding

Expectations

  • Task 4
    Explain the purpose and uses of personal reflections (e.g., for self-assessment; to demonstrate personal growth in reading and writing; to set goals)
  • Review the record of their progress in their learning journal, as well as the reading response and writing samples produced during the course

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Thinking

Success Criteria:

  • Task 2
    For each of the required types of texts read (i.e., informational, narrative, graphic) and forms of writing produced (i.e., summary, information paragraph, opinion piece, news report), decide independently which are their most successful reading responses and pieces of writing and explain briefly, in writing, the reasons for their choice

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Communication

Success Criteria:

  • Task 3
    Construct personal reflections, in paragraph form, choosing a clear focus and using appropriate examples to explain their thinking (e.g., set goals for reading)

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Application

Success Criteria:

  • Task 1
    Students will independently produce a minimum of one summary, one information paragraph, and two series of paragraphs for evaluation
  • An inventory, with completion dates of all the pieces of writing produced, identifying them as working drafts, revised drafts for evaluation, or polished pieces
  • All working drafts of reading responses and writing selections produced during the course
  • All reading responses and writing selections submitted for evaluation during the course
  • All pieces that have been polished (e.g., for presentation and display)

Level 4
80-100%

Level 3
70-79%

Level 2
60-69%

Level 1
50-59%

With a high degree of effectiveness

With considerable effectiveness

With some effectiveness

With limited effectiveness

 

Assessment of Learning: Teacher-marked

Submission

This assessment is worth 24% of your course grade.

The teacher will assess your work using the rubric. Before submitting your assessment, review the rubric to ensure that you are meeting the success criteria to the best of your ability.

When you are ready, submit your assessment for feedback and a grade.

 

Final EXAM

Next Steps

Congratulations on completing the 70% term work for this course. Now it is time to prepare for the 30% Final EXAM (Unit 5).

Before you write the Final Test, take the time to write the Practice Test(Opens in new window).  Once you have completed the Practice Test, be sure to compare your answers to the Practice Test Suggested Answers(Opens in new window).

 

  • Learning Activity 4.5a Unit 4 Summative.
  • olc4o_04.05_portfolio_checklist
  • lc4o_04.05_logbook_checklist
  • olc4o_a_supplementary_reading_package
  • olc4o_a_supplementary_reading_package

Unit 5 Summative 2022/12/15

Summantive Component to be submitted.

1 Lesson

Indicate Topic Title / brief Description

Approximate Time

Spec. Expec. optional)

TOPIC:  5.1   Portfolio Submission

 

TOPIC:  5.1   Reflection Submission

 

TOPIC:  5.1   Self-Assessment Learning Skills 

 

TOPIC:  5.1   Learning Journal /Log 

 

TOPIC:  5.1   Exam

 

TOPIC: Course Summative (EXAM or TASK) 

       4 

 

4 hours

Lesson 1

Supplementary Reading Package

 

Portfolio Checklist

The following items and more should be in your portfolio or binder. Consider how you want to organize the items to best display and retrieve items for review. All items should have a date and a title.

 Portfolio Reflection

 Page 5 B - Designing a Cover (Movie Poster)

 Page 15 C Dialogue (Beautiful Junk)

 Page 22 D The Making of Media Heroes

 Page 27 Essay

 Page 32 Information Paragraph (Career)

 Page 36 Spoof (All I really need to know....)

 3X Unit 1 Packages 

 Unit 1 Wrap up

 Page 51 Night of the Mustang Summary

 Page 60 C Barney Retelling

 Page 64 A Extending Urban Legends Summary

 Page 68 C Advertisement

 Unit 2 Wrap Up

 Page 92 My ideal job

 Page 111 Opinion Letter

 Page 126 C Poem

 Page 136 B Extending Cartoon 

 Unit 3 Wrap up

 Unit 4 Wrap up

  • Learning Activity OC 5.5a
  • MPA Online Journal log revised 2
  • MPA Online Journal log revised 2
  • Learning Activity Final Self.Assessment Learning Skills
  • OSSLC FINAL EXAM 2022